1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
|
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 43670 ***
Produced by Roger Frank and Sue Clark
PETER COTTERELL’S TREASURE
[Illustration: John Tuckerman sat down carefully, “Now, Captain Hallett,
give your orders.”]
PETER COTTERELL’S TREASURE
BY
RUPERT SARGENT HOLLAND
Author of “The Boy Scouts of Birch-Bark Island,”
“The Blue Heron’s Feather,” etc.
WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY
WILL THOMSON
PHILADELPHIA & LONDON
J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY
COPYRIGHT, 1922, BY J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY
PRINTED BY J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY
AT THE WASHINGTON SQUARE PRESS
PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A.
Table of Contents
I—JOHN TUCKERMAN COMES TO BARMOUTH
II—COTTERELL'S ISLAND
III—BEN AND DAVID MAKE A DISCOVERY
IV—VISITORS
V—THE MAHOGANY MAN
VI—THE CLIPPER SHIP
VII—THE TIGERS PLAY CAMP AMOUSSOCK
VIII—THE CANOE
IX—THE CHEST IN THE ROCKS
X—LIGHTS ON THE ISLAND
XI—THE MAN IN GREEN
XII—THE ADVENTURE AT THE COVE
XIII—ON THE FISHING-SMACK
XIV—BEN AT THE GABLES
XV—VARIOUS CLUES
XVI—THE CAMPERS CALL AT BARMOUTH
XVII—PETER COTTERELL
XVIII—THE PIRATES ASHORE
XIX—THE COTTERELL SILVER PLATE
XX—SIR PETER'S PARTY
XXI—THE BOYS AND JOHN TUCKERMAN
Illustrations
John Tuckerman sat down carefully, “Now, Captain Hallett, give
your orders.”
In the marshy ground in front of them were two distinct footprints.
“Sampson put the chest there,” he concluded.
“My wardrobe is still upstairs. Make what use of it you please.”
I—JOHN TUCKERMAN COMES TO BARMOUTH
Tom Hallett lived in an old town on the Atlantic seaboard, a port of New
Hampshire that was wedged in between the rocky coast of Maine and the
sandy beaches of Massachusetts. If he crossed the broad river to the
north, the beautiful Pesumpscot, by the old toll-bridge that seemed as
ancient as the town itself, he came into the Pine Tree State. If he
sailed to the south, he had not far to go before he reached Cape Ann.
Back of him, to the west, lay the foothills of the White Mountains, and
he had often tramped far enough in that direction to see the noble
outline of Mount Washington rise grandly against the sky. In front—for
people who live along the seacoast always think of the ocean as being at
their front door—was the harbor of Barmouth, a wide semi-circle, its
two horns sticking way out to the east, its broad bosom dotted with many
islands. Once Barmouth town had sent many ships to sea, merchantmen to
the West Indies, around Cape Horn, to the fabled lands of India and
China, fishing fleets to the Grand Banks off Newfoundland, whalers to
the Arctic; now, however, ships were not so plentiful, sails had given
place to steam, and the young men stayed ashore to make their living
rather than seek the rigors and gales that were a part of the toll
exacted by Father Neptune.
Tom Hallett’s house had the cupola on top of its roof that told of the
old sailing days, the “widow’s watch,” as it was commonly called, for
from there the wives of sailors used to watch for the first sign of
homebound sails. His grandfather had been a sea-captain, and the house
was full of the treasures he had collected. Many a time Tom and his
older sister Milly had listened to the amazing yarns the weatherbeaten
mariner had spun by the winter fire.
Barmouth was an excellent place for a boy to live. There was plenty of
lawn around most of the houses, the streets were wide and well-shaded,
open country was near enough to be reached by a ten-minute walk. There
was coasting and skating in winter—all that one could wish—and the
ponds that rang with the music of steel runners in January were
swimming-holes in July and tempting places to fish. And there was always
the harbor and the wind from the sea, calling young sailors to launch
their dories and try their skill over the rippling waves.
Tom was sixteen that summer, and wanted something to do—something a
little different from his usual holiday jaunts. He told his father about
it, and his father said he would think the matter over. And then one
evening, as Tom was leaning on the garden gate, wishing that some
adventure would come his way, he found himself addressed by a stranger.
“Do you know of a young fellow out of a job?” said the stranger. “A
likely young fellow, who doesn’t mind roughing it?”
Tom regarded the man. The latter was tall and spare, and wore big,
horn-rimmed spectacles that gave him the look of a wise and thoughtful
owl.
“Maybe I do, and maybe I don’t,” Tom answered, copying the cautious
words and tone of voice that he had often heard his uncle Samuel Jordan,
who was a lawyer, use when he was asked questions.
“You’re Yankee through and through, aren’t you?” said the man. “You
don’t want to commit yourself to anything definite until you know all
the facts. I don’t suppose I could interest you in buying a calico horse
until you’d got out a pail of water and soap and a scrubbing brush to
see if the spots would wash off.”
Tom laughed; the stranger looked so extremely solemn in his big glasses,
and yet his tone indicated a joke. “Even if the spots didn’t wash off
I’m not sure you could interest me in that horse,” he retorted. “I don’t
see how I could use him just now.”
“Well, he’s not for sale, my friend. I need him out on the old farm in
Illinois, where I come from.” The man stroked his chin while he regarded
Tom reflectively. “I’m looking for a young and able seaman, for to tell
you the truth, I don’t know much about salt water. I provide the grub
and the boat and whatever else is needed, and the sailorman provides the
lore of the sea.”
Tom’s interest was aroused. If this stranger really wanted a sailor to
help him with a boat it seemed odd that he should be seeking information
from a young fellow lounging on a gate in one of the quiet, elm-shaded
streets of Barmouth. It would have been much more natural to look for
such information along the waterfront, at some of the docks or piers.
“Why don’t you hunt up one of the captains?” Tom suggested. “They might
know just the man for you.”
“I don’t want a man,” was the answer. “I want a likely young fellow,
someone about your age and general cut of jib—that’s the right
seafaring expression, isn’t it? I’ve got an adventure on hand, and I
want company. I wouldn’t mind two, or even three, young fellows, if they
were the right kind.”
An adventure! Tom pricked up his ears. The man was certainly
interesting, he would like to know more about him. “Where are you going
to sail, and how long would you be away?” he questioned.
“My cruise will probably be limited to the islands in Barmouth Harbor,
and we’d be away anywhere from a week to a month.”
“Well,” began Tom, “I don’t know——”
“Neither do I,” said the stranger, with a grin. “There are a number of
things I don’t know about this adventure. But then the main point about
an adventure is that we can’t tell everything about it in advance. Isn’t
that so?”
“I suppose it is,” Tom granted. And after a moment’s thought he added,
“I know my way round the harbor pretty well, and I can sail a dory, and
I’ve got a couple of friends——”
“Fine!” declared the man. “Do you know, it may seem odd to you, but as I
came along the street and my eyes lighted on you, I said to myself,
‘that’s precisely the type of messmate I’m looking for; an upstanding
fellow, with a good head on his shoulders.’”
Naturally Tom felt pleased. He straightened up and stuck his hands in
his pockets. “The only thing I don’t understand,” he said, “is how you
expect to find a real adventure in the harbor. Of course we could cruise
around, and fish and swim. Is that what you had in mind?”
“Did you ever hear of Cotterell’s Island?” The stranger lowered his
voice.
Tom nodded. “Of course I have. We call it Crusty Christopher’s Island
around here.”
“Have you ever been on it?”
“No,” Tom was forced to admit. “The man who lives there won’t let any
one land. He’s put up signs warning people off and he keeps watch-dogs.”
“The island belongs to me,” announced the stranger, “and I’m going to
camp out on it.”
Tom stared at the man in surprise. “But surely you’re not Crusty
Christopher!” he exclaimed. “I always heard he was old and had a white
beard.”
“Mr. Christopher Cotterell,” explained the stranger, “was my uncle;
though as a matter of fact I only saw him once, when I was a small boy.
He died last year and I have inherited his island and the house on it.
The house has a history. I’m very much interested in old houses, and
particularly in this one. My name is John Tuckerman.”
“Well,” said Tom, “that’s interesting, to be sure. I hope you don’t
think I meant to call your uncle names.”
“Oh no, you didn’t offend me,” said the man promptly. “I’ve heard him
called Crusty Christopher before, and I shouldn’t wonder if he deserved
the nickname. There have been a number of queer characters in the
Cotterell family; there was old Sir Peter Cotterell, for instance, who
built that house on the island and lived there during the Revolution.”
“Sir Peter?” queried Tom. “I don’t seem to remember him.”
“He wasn’t really Sir Peter,” Mr. Tuckerman explained. “He was only
plain Mr. Peter, like his neighbors in Barmouth. But he had the bad
taste to side with the King of England when the colonists objected to
paying taxes without being represented in the government—in other
words, he was what they called a Tory—and so the people nicknamed him
Sir Peter in joke. There are lots of stories I could tell you about him.
I’m very much interested in history, you see.”
Tom nodded. The more he listened to this Mr. John Tuckerman the more he
liked him. And yet simply to camp out on an island in the harbor, even
on Cotterell’s Island, where he had never set his foot—though he had
often wanted to—didn’t strike him as a very thrilling adventure.
Perhaps Mr. Tuckerman read his thought, for, lowering his voice again,
he said, “There’s a mystery connected with the place; I’ve found
references to it in some old family letters. And the house is full of
old furniture and bric-a-brac. I can hardly wait to explore it.”
The man’s tone was undoubtedly eager, and though Tom had never felt any
great interest in old furniture and such things he found his curiosity
rapidly rising. An island and a house to explore—Crusty Christopher’s
at that—and possibly a mystery. He might be making a great mistake if
he let this adventure escape.
Mr. Tuckerman was speaking again. “I might as well explain at once that
I’m a dreadful landlubber. I don’t know anything about sailing boats,
and not very much about fishing. I’m afraid my education has been very
much neglected along certain lines. I want to camp on that island, and I
want company. Do you know how to cook—to cook the sort of things
campers eat, I mean?”
“I can cook some things. But my friend David Norton can cook almost
anything. He’s one of the fellows I meant.”
“It would be splendid if we could get David, too. I’d take along plenty
of provisions, but one does get tired of living on canned things.”
“Ben Sully’s a corking fisherman,” said Tom. “Ben and David and I have
camped out a lot together.”
“I’d like to keep the expedition as quiet as I can,” Mr. Tuckerman
stated. “I don’t want a lot of curiosity-seekers poking round the
island.”
“I think you’re right,” agreed Tom. “I’ll swear both of them to secrecy;
except to their families, of course. You wouldn’t mind our telling our
parents?”
To that John Tuckerman agreed. “This is just what I hoped to find,” he
said, “some young fellows with the spirit of adventure. You know the
ropes, and I don’t. Let’s see; what’s your name?”
Tom told him. “Wouldn’t you like to come in and see my father?” he
suggested.
“I must be getting back to the hotel,” said Tuckerman. “You tell him my
name, and say I’m Mr. Cotterell’s nephew. You sign up to go, do you? And
you’ll try to get your two messmates? I’ll see to the boat and grub and
cooking outfit—and I think I can promise you a bit of adventure.”
“If Father says yes, I sign,” agreed Tom, smiling at the man’s air of
business. “And the more adventure there is, the better I’ll like it,
too. Things are sort of quiet here this summer.”
Tuckerman held out his hand. He had a formal manner about him that
amused Tom greatly. “See you at Lowe’s Wharf at two o’clock tomorrow
afternoon.”
“Right,” said Tom, shaking hands. “And I’ll have the other two fellows
there with me. They’ve always wanted to have a look at that island.”
The tall, lank man turned, and shortly disappeared behind the big clump
of lilac bushes at the corner of Wentworth Street. Tom, thoughtfully
jingling a bunch of keys in his trouser pocket, chuckled as he
considered the situation. In fifteen minutes this Mr. John Tuckerman, a
total stranger, had persuaded him to camp out for a fortnight or so on
Crusty Christopher’s island. Tom could well believe that Mr. Tuckerman
needed some companions who were used to the water and campcraft; he
looked as if he might be a Professor and more knowing about history and
such things than about how to reef a sail or hook a flounder.
Still grinning at this unusual happening, Tom went into the house, where
in the sitting-room his father was reading, his mother sewing, and his
sister Milly trimming a new straw hat. “I’m going camping on Cotterell’s
Island,” he declared. “It’s a sort of a secret, so you must all promise
not to tell.”
Milly looked up quickly. “On Cotterell’s Island? If you step ashore
there, somebody’ll pitch you off.”
“Oh no, they won’t. I’m going with the owner.”
Milly wrinkled her nose, as she did when she felt scornful. “I suppose
that pleasant old man has sent you an invitation. ‘Dear Mr. Thomas
Hallett, I should be _so_ delighted if you’d drop in on me.’” And Milly
tilted the straw hat on her hand so as to judge the effect of the ribbon
around the brim.
Tom walked across to the fireplace, where he stood with his back to the
hearth, as his father often did when he had an announcement to make.
“Mr. Christopher Cotterell is dead,” he said. “I received my invitation
from his nephew, Mr. John Tuckerman.”
Milly turned around, surprised. “What are you springing on us? Where did
you meet this man?”
“Down at the gate to-night,” said Tom calmly. “He wanted a likely young
fellow to help him explore the house and the island he’s inherited, and
naturally he came to me.”
“Yes, what Tom says is quite true,” declared Mr. Hallett. “Mr. Tuckerman
is the new owner. So he asked you to help him, did he?”
“He called himself a landlubber. I’ve an idea too that he doesn’t want
to stay on the island alone. I’m to get Ben and David, and we’re to sail
his boat for him and fish and cook and keep him company.”
“Humph!” sniffed Milly. “That doesn’t sound very exciting. You’re to do
the work while he loafs around.”
“Oh, I don’t know about that. He hinted that we might find something
very interesting. He called it an adventure. And he let slip something
about a mystery.”
Milly put the hat down. She herself was very fond of camping and sailing
and swimming, and although she pretended to be quite grown up she still
yearned at times for her old tomboy ways. “I suppose he isn’t going to
be like Old Crusty—I mean Mr. Christopher Cotterell? He won’t mind
people coming out to see that queer old house.”
“That’s just what he does mind,” said Tom. “He wants to keep the whole
thing dark, for the present, at least. Why, if he didn’t, all Barmouth
would be going out there. Most of them never got nearer the place than
to read the signs; and they’d all be crazy to go.”
“Well, it seems to me,” argued Milly, “if he’s going to explore the
house he ought to have someone out there who knows something about
furnishings. I daresay there’s lots of old silver and curtains and rugs
and maybe chests of fine linen. Now of course a woman—well, it’s only
natural that a woman—you know what I mean, a woman could help a great
deal in sorting such things out.”
“When you say a woman,” inquired Tom, “do you happen to be thinking of
Miss Milly Hallett?”
Milly, in spite of her tan, flushed a fiery red. “You know perfectly
well, Tom, that you’ve always said I was a great help on a camping
party.”
“So you are, Milly,” Tom admitted loyally. “You cook better even than
Dave does. But Mr. Tuckerman didn’t say anything about bringing a girl
along. I’m afraid he’d think that wouldn’t be business-like.”
“Tom’s right, Milly dear,” said Mrs. Hallett. “This is Mr. Tuckerman’s
affair, and it wouldn’t be right to offer him any suggestions. But
perhaps, while they’re out on the island, he wouldn’t mind if some day
we went over to look at the house. When do you start, Tom?”
“To-morrow at two—that is, if father says it’s all right.”
“Oh, you’re going to ask my consent, are you?” said Mr. Hallett, with a
smile. “Well, if Mr. Tuckerman is such a landlubber as he appears to be,
I think it’s only right you should give him your help. I don’t see how,
with Ben and David and you, he can possibly get into hot water.”
“He can’t,” agreed Milly, picking up the hat again and pretending to
shiver. “The water isn’t even warm around the islands in the harbor.
However, I don’t suppose this Mr. Tuckerman is apt to care much for
swimming.” And as she went on twirling the hat in her hands and puffing
out the big blue bow, she hummed a little tune to indicate that she was
much more interested in her millinery than in Tom’s prospective
adventure.
Tom walked down the street to the small, pitched-roof house—a white
house with green shutters and door, and tall pink and red hollyhocks
standing up against the sides—where Benjamin Sully lived. As luck would
have it, David Norton was sitting with Ben on the doorstep. “Hello!”
cried Tom. “I’m looking for a couple of able-bodied seamen.”
“Aye, aye, sir,” answered Ben. “What port are you bound for—the Barbary
Coast or Barbadoes or round the Cape of Good Hope?”
Ben was a small, dark boy, agile as a monkey. When he was with David
Norton he looked smaller and darker than ever, for David was big of
frame and his sandy hair topped a cheerful, freckled face. These two and
Tom Hallett were about of an age, and had always shared each other’s
secrets.
“Cotterell’s Island, lads. A place where the foot of a white man has
never set heel before.” And standing in front of his two friends, Tom
related John Tuckerman’s proposal.
When he had finished, Ben nodded. “The plan sounds good to me. I’ve
always meant to have a look at that island. As I’ve sized it up, Crusty
Christopher wouldn’t have been so concerned to keep people away if he
hadn’t had something he wanted to keep secret.”
“I don’t know about that,” said David. “Some people are made that way;
they just naturally don’t want other folks around. Maybe the place is
just like any other island.”
“Well, I’m going anyhow,” declared Tom. “I guess I can look after Mr.
Tuckerman all right by myself. But I didn’t want to seem mean and leave
you two out.”
Ben jumped up. “I’m going, all right. I’d hate to think of you and that
ignorant fellow out there all by yourselves. Count me in on this, Tom.”
“I guess your friend wouldn’t get much good cooking,” said David,
“without me to superintend.”
“Oh, I don’t know about that,” retorted Tom. “He’s going to take plenty
of good stuff.”
“Canned!” snorted David. “I know—hardtack and beans out of a tin. No,
siree. You’d be squabbling inside of two days if you didn’t have me and
some of my famous flapjacks to keep you pleasant.”
“Nice, modest David,” said Ben, stroking his big friend’s arm. “However,
though he doesn’t think very well of himself, I vote that we let him
come along. Maybe he’ll be useful.”
“You bet I’ll come,” announced the tow-headed one. “Do you think I’d let
you two and a queer man go prowling around a mysterious island without
your Uncle David? I’ll be there when the boat sails, with my pet
frying-pan!”
II—COTTERELL’S ISLAND
Early the next afternoon the few occupants of Lowe’s Wharf—a couple of
men fishing for cunners, a sailor painting the bottom of an upturned
dory, two small boys practising tying various kinds of knots with odds
and ends of rope—saw three young fellows in dark blue jerseys and khaki
coats and trousers and a man rigged out in a homespun Norfolk jacket and
knickerbockers and greenish-gray golf stockings assemble as if they were
about to start on an expedition.
Tom Hallett, slender but wiry, browned by the wind and the sun, dumped
his duffle-bag of blankets and extra clothing on the wharf and
introduced his companions. “Mr. Tuckerman, this is David Norton, and
this is Ben Sully. They’d both like to go along, if you still want three
of us.”
John Tuckerman shook hands with each. “I’m proud to have such a fine
looking crew,” said he. “Though perhaps I ought to put it the other way
about and say three such fine looking captains, I myself being the crew.
It doesn’t need more than a glance to tell me that you three know all
about the sea and the woods. Great luck, I call it. And if I’m not
mistaken there’s our ship, waiting for us Argonauts to go aboard.”
At one side of the wharf, a man was holding the painter of an
eighteen-foot sailing dory, already loaded with provisions and John
Tuckerman’s bags. The three boys quickly had their own things stowed
away. “All right, Mr. Jackson,” said Tuckerman to the man from whom he
had rented the boat. “You see I’ve shipped a good crew. You needn’t lie
awake nights wondering what’s happened to your _Argo_.”
The owner grinned. “I know ’em. I’ll trust ’em with the boat. But her
name’s the _Mary J. Jackson_. See, it’s painted there in the bow.”
“So it is. _Mary J. Jackson_. That’s a very nice name; but somehow it
doesn’t seem exactly to suit this business. We’re after the Golden
Fleece, like the Argonauts of old; so if you don’t mind I’m going to
christen her for this trip the _Argo_. Just a little fancy of mine.”
“Suit yerself, sir. She’s a good boat, no matter what you call her.”
“Many thanks, Mr. Jackson.” John Tuckerman sat down carefully. “Now,
Captain Hallett, give your orders.”
The dory slid away, the experienced hand of Tom in charge of the tiller.
Out into the harbor she sped, picking up the breeze as she danced along.
The afternoon sun was pleasantly warm, the water was translucent blue,
with here and there wide sweeps of green, on the shore every house and
tree stood out in vivid, fresh-tinted color. Tuckerman folded his arms
and leaned back in great contentment. “This is something like, my lads!”
he exclaimed. “My voyages heretofore have only been made on ocean
grayhounds and fat-bodied ferry-boats.”
Ben looked at him pityingly. “It must be pretty hard,” he said, “to live
inland, in a big city.”
“Yes, in some ways, though it has its compensations. You see, my
ancestors grew restless in New England and moved out across the plains.
That is, the Tuckermans did; the Cotterells stayed here. And now there
aren’t any Cotterells left. That’s how it came about that I own this
island.”
“My father,” spoke up David, “says that the Cotterells were once one of
the best known families in Barmouth; but that old Mr. Christopher was as
queer as all get out. He knows lots of stories about him. He says that
Mr. Christopher lived there with a colored man for his servant, and
never saw anybody.”
“Poor old chap!” said Tuckerman. “I can’t help feeling dreadfully sorry
for him. Think what a good time he could have had in his big house. Why,
in the old days it was one of the show places along the coast and the
Cotterells used to have celebrated parties.” Tuckerman gazed out over
the water and pulled his chin with his fingers, in a habit he had. “Do
you know what I want to do? I want to take that old house and fix it up
properly, make it look as it used to, and give it back its good name.”
He smiled. “Maybe you’ll think it odd, but I feel as if houses were
almost like people. I hate to see either the one or the other go to
seed.”
“They are something like people,” Ben agreed. “There’s a church with a
steeple in Barmouth that looks just like the pictures of the Pilgrim
Fathers with their high-crowned hats. And the windows in front look like
eyes, kind of boring eyes that are trying to see right through you.”
“Ben’s always thinking of queer things like that,” David explained, half
in apology.
Mr. Tuckerman nodded at the small, dark-browed boy. “I’m glad that Ben
came along. I think he’s going to be a great help in fixing up my
house.”
In and out between islands, past long jutting ledges, where pine and
juniper ran down to the water’s edge, the dory sailed smoothly.
Sometimes Tom had to tack; again he ran for a stretch on a course due
south. And after about an hour he raised his arm and pointed. “There—on
the port bow—there she lies. See that white, sandy beach. That’s
Cotterell’s Island.”
Ben and David were familiar with the look of the place of course; they
had cruised around it many times, and had always examined it with
particular interest because it was a forbidden shore; but now they gazed
at it as though it were somehow entirely new, as indeed it was to them,
except for the beach and trees.
John Tuckerman nodded. “I’ll take your word for it, Tom. It lies exactly
where it should according to the map of the harbor; though I can’t say
that it looks very much like the small red dot on the chart Mr. Jackson
showed me at his boathouse.”
There was not much to be seen except the whitish-yellow beach, several
headlands of purple rock, and thick-growing pines that stood out
black-green. There was, however, considerable to be heard as the sailing
dory drew near. An immense cawing came from the tree-tops, and finally
as the _Argo_ nosed along close to the shore at least a score of crows
flapped away from their meeting-place and went winging off to a more
secluded grove.
“Uncle Christopher’s neighbors don’t seem to like visitors any better
than he did,” observed Tuckerman with twinkling eyes. “Crows do sound
dreadfully scolding, don’t they? And I never knew such birds for all
wanting to talk at the same time.”
Tom knew where the old pier stood, and brought his boat skilfully up to
the landing-stage. The sail was dropped and furled, baggage and stores
carried ashore, and the four campers looked about them. From the old and
rather decrepit pier a graveled path led up to the front of a wide white
house, partially screened by trees.
“Cotterell Hall,” said Tuckerman, gazing at the ancient mansion. “That’s
what they used to call it in Revolutionary days. Well, Tom, it’s up to
you to tell us what to do. The house won’t run away, and something tells
me it won’t be so very long before we’ll be hungry.”
“Suppose we look for our camping ground then,” said Tom, “since it seems
to be understood that we’re not going to bunk in the house.”
“That’s the idea,” agreed Tuckerman promptly. “Fond as I am of ancestral
halls and that sort of thing, I said to myself when I left the
Middle-West for the New England coast: ‘John, you’re to sleep out of
doors on a bed of pine boughs, even if the bugs do fall from the trees
on your face and the boughs stick you as full of needles as a porcupine.
You’re going back to the wild, that’s what you are!’”
His eyes behind his huge tortoise-shell rimmed spectacles looked so
intensely serious that the three boys didn’t know whether to laugh or
not. For all his dignified appearance he did seem extraordinarily
guileless. David, the most outspoken of the three, shook his head
solemnly. “This isn’t going to be what you’d call so all-fired wild, you
know. If you’re looking for that, you ought to go up in the North
Woods.”
Ben came to the rescue. “It’ll do as a starter though, Mr. Tuckerman,”
he said encouragingly. “We can’t promise you bears or anything like
that, but maybe there’ll be owls and loons and other things that sound
sort of strange at night.”
Tuckerman smiled. “Ben, I can see you’re a friendly soul. And you must
remember that what may not seem very wild to experienced woodsmen like
you three may prove very thrilling to a tenderfoot like me.”
They decided on their camp readily; a smooth stretch of turf in a
semi-circle of pines on high ground just above a small sandy beach. It
was perhaps a quarter of a mile from the pier and from Cotterell Hall.
Pine boughs were cut, trimmed, and spread out for bedding, stores were
unpacked, driftwood collected for a fire, and the menu determined on for
supper.
Tuckerman looked out at the water, a sheet of soft and beautiful
opalescent colors in the setting sun. “Is there any reason why we
shouldn’t take a bath?” he inquired. “I feel extremely sticky.”
“No reason whatever,” answered Tom. “The first rule of camp-life is,
Obey that impulse. There’s plenty of room in that bathtub, but you won’t
find much hot water.”
In five minutes they were all in the ocean, frisky as a school of
porpoises, making enough noise to scare any wildfowl away. The boys
struck out and swam, trying first one stroke and then another.
Tuckerman, however, came lumbering along, jerking his arms and legs like
an old and stiff-jointed frog. But he enjoyed himself. He was chuckling
and gurgling and slapping his thighs with his hands as they all came out
of the water.
“Tom, you must teach me to swim,” he begged. “I can see I’m not in your
class now, but give me a week or so——”
“Righto. I bet you’ll learn quick.”
In fifteen minutes they were ready for supper. Fried eggs and bacon,
grilled sweet potatoes, coffee, bread and butter, and then flapjacks
with jam. “I can see,” said Tuckerman, as he finished his third
flapjack, “that David’s reputation as a cook has not been exaggerated. I
always wondered what it meant when I read that the gods lived on
ambrosia and nectar. Now at last I know.”
“You’ll make his head swell,” cautioned Ben, “and it’s large enough
already. We took him to a phrenologist last winter, and the man said
he’d never felt such big bumps.”
The dishes were washed. The moon rose. Tuckerman lighted his pipe.
“Well,” said Ben, “aren’t we going to have a look at the old house? It
seems to me we ought.”
The house, when they approached it a little later in the moonlight—for
Ben’s suggestion had met with favor from the others—presented a blank
and shuttered white surface, against which the dark outline of the trees
around it showed in jagged forms. It had been a fine old dwelling, built
in a day when carpenters and joiners took a real love in their work and
were as eager to make a graceful, artistic window or doorway as the
medieval masons of Europe were to perfect every detail of their great
cathedrals.
Broad steps led up to the front door, which was wide and adorned with a
big brass knocker and knob. Tuckerman, taking a little electric
flashlight from his pocket, aimed it at the moulding above the door.
“Aha,” he exclaimed, “there’s the green and gold pineapple in all its
glory! They used to put beautifully carved pineapples like that in such
places in colonial days; they were the emblems of hospitality. My
ancestor Sir Peter seems to have been friendly disposed when he built
his dwelling at least.”
“I’ve seen pineapples like that over the doors of some old houses in
Barmouth,” said Ben, “but I never thought much about them. That was a
pretty nice idea. There’s some style to that front.”
“There was style, real dignified style to the houses of those days,”
Tuckerman agreed. “We may think we’re pretty smart nowadays, but let me
tell you those ancestors of ours who settled the country could teach us
a good deal.” He felt in his pocket for a key. “Well, the pineapple bids
us welcome. If there are any ghosts in the house, I think they’ll turn
out friendly.”
The lock was rusty, but finally opened to the new owner’s efforts. They
stepped into a large hallway, from which a wide stairway ascended at one
side. Using his flashlight, Tuckerman discovered a gatelegged table, on
which stood a cluster of small candlesticks, all ready for use.
“Now that’s something like—hospitality again!” he declared in a pleased
voice. “They used candles in the old days; every guest in the house had
one to light him to bed. I suppose these have been waiting for me here
ever since Uncle Christopher died.” Lighting the candles with a match,
he handed one to each of his companions. “I’m beginning to feel at home
already, boys. Welcome to Cotterell Hall.”
Even David, who could see nothing very thrilling in going over an old
house, felt something of the excitement that had so obviously taken
possession of John Tuckerman. As for Tom and Ben, they peered up the
stairway and through the open doors as if they half-expected to see
gentlemen in curled wigs, knee-breeches and small swords advancing to
meet them.
Tuckerman led the way into the room on the left, a spacious apartment,
wainscoted and with a pictured paper, representing scenes in fields and
woods, covering the walls to the ceiling. There was a large fireplace,
with a carved mantel above it. Fine old pieces of furniture filled the
room, and, except for the musty air that is to be found in all houses
that have been closed for some time, the place looked precisely as
though it were lived in, even to a pile of magazines and books that lay
on the centre-table.
“The drawing-room,” said Tuckerman, holding his candle high as he gazed
about him. “And there, if I’m not mistaken, is old Sir Peter himself.”
Ben gave a start and looked quickly around. But it was not a ghost to
which Tuckerman referred; it was a large painting that hung on the wall
across from the fireplace, the portrait of a man in buff-colored coat
and breeches, wearing a white tie-wig, and with his right hand resting
on the head of a greyhound that rubbed against his knees.
“Fine looking old fellow,” said Tom.
“Yes,” agreed Tuckerman. “Sir Peter was really handsome. I’ve seen
pictures of him before. He was a great beau in his time, before the
Revolution. What a shame it was that he couldn’t agree with his
neighbors about the right of the colonies to be free. That made it
mighty hard for his wife and children.”
He went over to look closer at the portrait, and as he held the candle
near to the canvas he saw a folded piece of paper stuck into a corner of
the heavy frame. “What’s this?” he exclaimed, and drew the paper out.
“You don’t suppose the old fellow has left me a message?”
The candle set on the table, Tuckerman opened the sheet. “This is an
authentic portrait of Peter Cotterell, painted in 1770,” he read aloud.
“He shared with me, his descendant, Christopher Cotterell, a dislike for
the society of his kind, though for a different reason. But with me the
line of the Cotterells comes to an end, and I care not whether any now
learn my ancestor’s secret or not.”
Tuckerman dropped the paper. “So there was a secret, boys! You remember,
Tom, what I told you. And Uncle Christopher knew what it was.”
“Hello!” exclaimed Ben. “My candle’s blown out!” He turned. “Why, that
window’s open a little at the bottom. See how the curtains blow.”
“Spooks,” scoffed David. “It looks to me as if Crusty Christopher were
playing a joke on us.”
III—BEN AND DAVID MAKE A DISCOVERY
Although David Norton could get around the bases on the Barmouth High
School baseball diamond as fast as anyone else, when there was need of
it, and could keep on doing a clog-dance in a Minstrel Show until the
audience rose up and begged him to quit, he could also at times be as
lazy as a jelly-fish stranded on the beach, which as everyone knows is
just about the laziest creature in nature. At the present moment he lay
extended on the stern seat of the sailing dory, while little Ben Sully,
as patient and expert a fisherman as was to be found in Barmouth Harbor,
was watching his line for any indication of a flounder nibble.
“Funny old bird,” said David. “Reminds me of someone out of a story
book.”
“Old bird?” queried Ben. “Do you refer to Sir Peter Cotterell or to
Crusty Christopher?”
“To neither of them, Benjie. Our friend Professor Tuckerman is the
particular feathered creature to whom I was alluding. I opened one eye
last night; and what do you think I saw? Professor Tuckerman was sitting
up, in his suit of flannel pajamas, staring out at the water as if he
saw something.”
“Perhaps he did. Or maybe he was only thinking. Some people do think
sometimes, you know, Dave. I did some thinking myself last night.”
“About old Christopher’s secret?”
At the moment Ben was too busy to reply. With practised care he drew up
his line and threw a fine, flapping flounder on the bottom of the boat.
“Yes, about the secret,” Ben said, as he rebaited his hook. “I believe
there is one. And I think that Christopher Cotterell rather hoped his
nephew John Tuckerman would find out what it was.”
“Why didn’t he tell him then, instead of leaving that crazy note?”
Ben shook his head. “Christopher wasn’t like most people. But it seems
to me he was rather proud of that secret,—it had been in the family so
long,—and he didn’t want it to be entirely forgotten. So he meant to
let it be known there was a secret, even if nobody ever found out what
it was. A person might do that, you know.”
“It would take a mighty queer sort of person,” sniffed David.
Ben resumed his fishing, watching his line as a cat watches a
mouse-hole.
But David, in spite of posing as an unbeliever of all things he couldn’t
see for himself, had a well-developed bump of curiosity. When he saw
that Ben didn’t mean to continue the subject he raised himself on one
arm and demanded, “Do you take any stock in there being a mystery on the
island that goes back to the Revolution?”
“Sure,” was the prompt answer. “The house goes back that far, and some
of the furniture in it, I suppose. Why not a mystery?”
“Well, it might, perhaps. But see here, Benjie——”
“Sh-sh-ish, you’ll frighten the fish.” Ben brought up another flounder
and unhooked it.
As he dropped in the line again he continued, “Mr. Tuckerman told me a
few things this morning. You see, this Sir Peter was a man of means. He
had a lot of valuable things in this house, silver and such things he’d
had brought over from England. When the people of Barmouth were trying
to do all they could to help George Washington and his army they thought
their rich neighbor out here ought to do his share. But he was a Tory
and wanted King George to win, and so he wouldn’t do anything when they
asked him. The colonists came to his house, but they found very little;
his famous silver plate was gone; they took some things, but they always
thought he had tricked them. And after that they wouldn’t have anything
to do with Sir Peter.”
“Served him right, the old scamp.”
“Now Mr. Tuckerman thinks the secret may have something to do with the
things the neighbors couldn’t find. At least that’s a possibility.”
“Huh,” chuckled David, “the Revolution was more than a hundred years
ago. If that was the secret, some of the Cotterells since then would
have found out about it. And when they did, there’s an end to the
secret.”
Again Ben was busy. A third flounder appeared and was carefully landed.
“You’re right, my boy,” said Ben, “if they did find out what became of
Sir Peter’s valuables. But suppose they didn’t? Suppose Crusty
Christopher and his father, and his father before that, knew the old
story, but never could find the things? How about that, my lad?”
“Well, in that case,” answered David slowly, “I should say the betting
was a thousand to one the secret would stay a secret.”
“Mr. Tuckerman calls it a sporting chance,” said Ben. “I said to him
just about what you’ve said to me now; but he grinned and told me he
never gave up conundrums.”
David dropped back into his former comfortable position, his hands
clasped under his head and his cap pulled down over his nose, so as to
shield that sensitive feature from burning a more fiery red than it was
already. “So Tom and the Professor are prowling around the old house
this morning?” he said reflectively. “Well, they’re not apt to run into
any ghosts at this time of day.”
Ben, absorbed in his fishing, continued his careful handling of his line
until half-a-dozen flounders were deposited in the boat. Then he stowed
away his tackle, stretched his arms, and looked around. “Now, Dave, you
old duffer, I’m going to take a cruise about our island home. There’s
nothing like knowing all the ins and outs of the place where you’re
living. Do you think you’re strong enough to handle the tiller, or would
you rather dangle your feet over the bow?”
David sat up with a grunt. “Don’t you get sarcastic, young feller. I can
sail this dory with one hand behind my back.” And shortly he had the
_Argo_ headed up into the wind, keeping well out from shore so as to
avoid the occasional spits of rock that ornamented the coast.
They started to make the circuit. Cotterell’s Island, so far as they
could judge from the water, was very much like all the other islands
that lay out from Barmouth, thickly wooded for the most part, with
alternating beaches and headlands, and here and there a cliff, with
little rock-bound basins at the foot. On the eastward side, however,
there was an opening, where the tide ran inland for some distance, a
fair sort of harbor except when the wind should blow from that quarter.
“There,” said Ben, “there’s a snug landlocked channel. If I’d been one
of the Cotterells and wanted to keep a boat hidden that’s the place I’d
have picked out.”
“You’re making the Professor’s ancestors sound like pirates or
smugglers,” objected David. “What do you think they did that they wanted
to keep so dark?”
“That little inlet can’t be so far from the back of the house either,”
Ben went on, paying no attention to his companion’s question. “Yes, that
would be the place to steal away when the neighbors came to call.”
“I’ll take a look up there,” declared David, who was beginning to feel
that Ben was giving himself airs. “I guess I can find my way up that
inlet as well as any of your blessed Cotterells could.” And suiting the
act to the word, he brought the _Argo_ about and kept her bow a little
to the north of west until she had cleared a seaweed-covered reef that
was high up out of the water at ebb-tide.
Ben said not a word, but picked up a boathook, in case it should be
necessary to fend off the dory at some turn of the shore. But David knew
his business. Up the winding channel he made his way until the _Argo’s_
bottom gently ran on to gravel at the head of the stream.
“Yes, I was right,” said Ben. “There’s the roof of the house on the
other side of those trees.” A leap, and he landed on shore, the dory
careening on one side from the force of his jump.
“Hi there, young feller, what are you trying to do?” cried David. “I
didn’t tell you you could go ashore.”
Again Ben paid no attention to the other’s words. He was looking about
him as if he was very much interested in the place where he had landed.
David, making sure the _Argo_ was safely aground, clambered over the
side. “Was it your intention, Mr. Sully, to scuttle our good ship here?”
he inquired with mock politeness.
“Look,” said Ben, in a deep and earnest tone.
David looked. In the marshy ground a little in front of them were two
distinct footprints, uncommonly large footprints, with very wide toes
and very deep heels.
“My word!” whistled David. “Benjie, we’ve come to the lair of the
mastodon!”
“Footprints!” murmured Ben, regarding the marks with the same awed
surprise with which Robinson Crusoe first gazed at the prints in the
sand of his island.
[Illustration: Distinct Footprints]
“A giant’s footprints,” said David.
“They’re never Mr. Tuckerman’s or Tom’s,” said Ben.
“The Professor has rather small feet,” stated David, “and I happen to
remember that Tom wore sneakers this morning.”
“They can’t have been there very long,—not for more than a few days at
the most.”
“I should say not. Benjamin, somebody has been trespassing on our
island.”
“I wonder if there are any more.” Ben began to search.
There were no more footprints, however. The stretch of soggy ground was
very limited, almost immediately the soil grew stony. So, after a brief
hunt, the two came back to the shore. “Now I wonder,” mused Ben, “what
that very large-footed person was doing here.”
“Do you think,” asked David, “he can have been looking for the Cotterell
treasure?”
“It’s much more likely,” said Ben, “he was looking for something easier
to find. However—suppose—there’s an off chance——” And Ben went on
mumbling to himself, while he jingled a bunch of keys in his pocket, as
was his custom when he was lost in thought.
“What in the world are you doing?” demanded the exasperated David.
“Putting two and two together—or at least trying to.”
“Well, they make four. There are times, Benjie,” David continued,
imitating the manner of a teacher at the school they both attended,
“when I find myself almost on the point of losing patience with you. The
crew will now return aboard the _Argo_, leaving the mystery of the
mastodon’s footprints unsolved.”
When they returned to the beach in front of their camp they found Mr.
Tuckerman and Tom already getting dinner. That is to say, Tom was
actually getting it, while John Tuckerman was carrying out his orders.
At the moment the latter was peeling potatoes. His flannel shirt open at
his throat, his golf-stockings stuck full of little burrs and his face
and arms already showing blisters of sunburn, he looked decidedly
different from the very dignified person who had come upon Tom Hallett
in the lane.
“Flounders,” announced Ben, laying his string of fish on a board that
served as a table. “The very best eating, in my humble opinion.”
“Put them in the refrigerator for supper,” said Tom. “You two were gone
so long I decided to knock up an omelette for our midday meal.”
“‘Knock up’ is good,” agreed David. “I suppose, Mr. Tuckerman, Tom
cracked the shells with a baseball bat.”
“I don’t know how he did it,” Tuckerman said; “it seemed like a miracle
to me. But there’s the result; and if anybody ever saw anything more
truly beautiful—anything so calculated to make the mouth water in
anticipation—well, I don’t believe anybody ever did.” He pointed his
paring knife at a golden-brown, crisp object that lay, garnished with
watercress, on a big tin plate.
“And speaking of water,” said Tom, “we found the well back of Cotterell
Hall. Fresh water, guaranteed sweet and pure. There’s a bucket of it.”
They sat down to dinner, and between mouthfuls they talked.
“Wonderful old house,” said Tom. “We explored it from cellar to attic.
Four post bedsteads——”
“With wonderful canopy tops!” added Tuckerman, his spectacled eyes
gleaming.
“And enormous chests of drawers,” continued Tom.
“Full of all kinds of clothes,” Tuckerman added. “Ladies’ laces and
muslins, shawls, mantillas, gentlemen’s pantaloons, neckerchiefs, and
what waistcoats!”
“Funny old kitchen,” said Tom. “With a fireplace as big as a cabin.”
“And a crane and a hob and a whole fleet of earthenware crocks,”
Tuckerman supplemented.
“I say, Mr. Tuckerman,” cried David, “why don’t you turn the place into
a museum? All the people who tour through Barmouth in the summer would
jump out of their skins to see such a place as that.”
“What I want to know,” said Ben, “is whether you got any clue to the
Cotterell treasure.”
Tuckerman shook his head. “Rome wasn’t built in a day, Benjamin; and a
treasure that’s been hidden for over a century doesn’t come to light in
twenty-four hours.”
“Ah, just you wait till our Benjie gets busy,” said David, waving his
finger wisely. “There’s the bright lad for you. While you two pottered
about those gigantic bedsteads and chests of drawers and fireplaces,
what did our Benjie discover?” He paused to heighten his announcement.
“Benjamin Sully discovered a pair of gigantic footprints!”
It took a moment for this to sink in.
“Footprints?” said Tuckerman, puzzled.
“Someone has landed at the little creek near the back of the house,”
explained Ben, “and since the last rain, too.”
“Someone with enormous feet,” added David. “Now what do you suppose such
a person as that could be doing here?”
Tuckerman put his hand into his coat pocket and drew out a very small
and crumpled handkerchief. “We found this on a table in the kitchen. My
Uncle Christopher only had a negro man-servant. And yet this belonged to
a lady,—a very particular lady, I should say, a dainty lady.” He spread
the handkerchief out. “With beautifully embroidered initials—A. S. L.”
He lifted it to his nose. “And it smells of lavender—and quite fresh,
too.”
Solemnly the tiny handkerchief was handed around. Each smelled it and
nodded his head.
“Someone’s been in the house,” said Tuckerman, “although all the doors
were locked.”
“A lady with enormous feet,” declared David. “My eye, how the plot
thickens!”
IV—VISITORS
Two days later the campers were as much at sea as ever regarding the
secret to which Crusty Christopher had referred in the note left in the
picture frame. They had explored the island and they had explored the
house, and neither outdoors nor indoors had provided them with a clue.
John Tuckerman—although David persisted in calling him Professor—was
the most exuberant and lively of the four. He delighted in
everything,—in the early swim before breakfast, in the cooking and
eating, especially in the eating, in sleeping out of doors, and even, it
seemed, in washing the dishes. He would sing as he washed, wild,
rollicking songs, the words of which he made up as he went along, all
about pirates and sailors and sea-serpents, with a great many
“Yo-heave-hos” and “Blow the man down, my lads,” by way of chorus; all
which he accompanied with a pretended hitching up of his trousers as
sailors were supposed to do to cheer them at their work.
“There are times when he almost looks like a pirate,” David whispered to
Tom, as they watched Tuckerman sharpening a knife on the sole of his
shoe preparatory to sticking it into a cover of a can of baked beans.
“Like a pirate, that is, with one exception,—those horn-rimmed
spectacles.”
It was true; Tuckerman couldn’t look like a daredevil with those
enormous glasses. But to offset the studious look they gave him his face
was now a beautiful lobster-like red and beginning to peel.
Any one could see, moreover, that Cotterell Hall was the apple of his
eye. It amused Tom and David to see the affection and pride with which
he regarded every stick and stone of the old house. Ben was more
sympathetic, for Ben was by nature interested in old things, and had in
turn collected everything from abandoned bird’s nests to rusty
jackknives.
It was Ben who, searching through a cupboard at one side of the
fireplace in the front room at the Hall, pulled out a package of old
letters and gave a shout of joy. “Hi there, see what I’ve found!” he
cried as he untied the bundle and threw the envelopes loosely on the
table.
“What is it? Old letters,” said Tom, glancing at the yellowing paper.
“Postage stamps!” triumphed Ben. “Some of the earliest issues! I’ll bet
you never saw that St. Louis stamp with the two bears on it before.”
“Humph,” said David. “Postage stamps! No one collects them now.”
But John Tuckerman looked over Ben’s shoulder, and then snatched up one
of the letters. “You’re right, Benjamin. These are rare ones. I
shouldn’t wonder if they were worth a great deal of money.”
It was not, however, the money value of the things in the house that
interested Tuckerman. It was partly his love of old things, especially
of things that were beautifully made, and partly his feeling that they
had belonged to the Cotterells for so long, the Cotterells being his own
people. “Uncle Christopher owned all these things,” he said. “Poor Uncle
Christopher. He was stiff-necked, no doubt; but he had to suffer for it.
I’ve found a book he wrote in, and I can see that he was too proud to
sell his heirlooms, and that he had very little money, and didn’t want
anyone to know how hard up he was. So he turned hermit. He didn’t really
hate other people; he was simply so made up that he couldn’t mix with
them on an equal footing.”
David pretended to regard the Cotterell family secret as a great joke,
although he admitted that he was very much puzzled over what he called
“the mystery of the lady with enormous feet.” On the same afternoon when
Ben found the rare postage stamps, David, being alone with Tom in the
front room, cocked an eye at the painted gentleman on the wall, and thus
addressed him:
“Sir Peter, I don’t want to be disrespectful; but it does seem to me you
were mighty tight with your silver when your good neighbors were doing
their best to get the thirteen United States started. Or didn’t you
really have the things they suspected you of having? You’ve got a long
nose and a twinkle in your eye, and I’d say it mightn’t be beyond you to
have your little game at the expense of Barmouth.”
Tom laughed. “You can’t judge Sir Peter by yourself, Dave.”
“Certainly not,” was the instant reply. “I’ll admit we are very
different. Nothing could induce me to have my picture taken with a dog
like that greyhound cuddling up against my shins. The good people of
Barmouth didn’t have any greyhounds or any pie crust tables or
gate-legged tables, or whatever kind of tables it is that the Professor
finds so delightful, and they were envious, and rowed their boats out
here, and tramped up to the door, probably looking for all the world
like a gang of hayseeds.”
“Remember, Dave, your ancestors and mine were probably among them.”
“I’ll admit that also,” said David, “and for the sake of your feelings,
Tom, I’ll take back that about their looking like hayseeds. Let me put
it this way. A crowd of very nice looking, but temporarily cross and
angry people—men and women, and possibly a few dogs—come up to the
house here and demand to see the elegant Sir Peter. Sir Peter doesn’t
want to see them; he doesn’t approve of them; he thinks that good old
King George is just about the proper cheese to rule over him and his.
But Sir Peter’s a gentleman—you can see that from his portrait—and he
doesn’t want to disappoint the neighbors, who’ve come all the way out
here in boats. So he takes a pinch of snuff and he whistles to his
greyhound and he goes out on the front steps. He looks down along his
nose at the people of Barmouth and his right eye twinkles—you notice,
Tom, that it’s his right eye that’s the humorous one—and he says:
‘Friends and fellow citizens, come in and enjoy yourselves. The green
and gold pineapple is over the door and Cotterell Hall is yours for the
afternoon. But the silver plate you’re so anxious to lay your hands on
isn’t here any more. It’s vanished, vamoosed, flown away; and the family
are using the plain blue and white china kitchen set.’ Did they believe
him?”
“No,” sang out Tom.
“Exactly,” agreed David, with a bow. “They rushed past him into the
house, and they threw things about, and they buzzed around like a nest
of hornets you happen to hit with a stick. But they didn’t find anything
after all; and the reason is simple—there wasn’t anything of the sort
they had in mind to find. It was just Sir Peter’s little joke. And it
worked to perfection. Ever since people have been wondering what he did
with the silverware he mentioned that day. Sir Peter, my opinion of you
is that you were a first-class joker.”
“You may be right,” Tom assented, “but for goodness’ sake don’t rub that
idea in on Mr. Tuckerman and Ben. They’re thrilled to the fingertips
about there being a treasure hidden away somewhere.”
“Babes in the wood!” sniffed David. “I believe you could put almost
anything over on the Professor if you dressed it up in old clothes.”
To the skeptical David and the inclined-to-be-skeptical Tom the other
two now appeared. They had been in the apartment on the second floor
that had been Christopher Cotterell’s bedroom and had been rummaging
through a little secretary that stood between the windows. Tuckerman had
a notebook in his hand. “These are jottings my uncle made from time to
time,” he declared. “Here’s one. ‘As regards the saying that the
hiding-place is just beyond the three pines that stand between two rocks
where the sun goes down, I have scoured and scoured the island, and come
to the opinion that the extreme southwestern point must be the place
intended, although to-day there are only two pines there. I have dug at
this place, but found only sand.’”
“Maybe we can find another place that answers that description,” said
Ben hopefully. “And it stands to reason that the four of us can dig
better than your Uncle Christopher, even if he had his servant to help
him.”
David, under cover of his hand, winked at Tom, who pretended not to see
him.
“Here’s another note,” Tuckerman continued. “‘Find the mahogany-hued man
with the long, skinny legs and look in his breast pocket.’ That’s a
saying my father handed down. What can it mean?”
“Mahogany-hued man with long, skinny legs,” echoed Ben.
“And a hooked nose and a scar across the left cheek,” chortled David.
“Pirate stuff, of course. There’s always someone like that. I suppose
he’s the fellow who hid the treasure on a dark, stormy night.”
Tuckerman gazed at the speaker with his big, owl-like eyes. “You may be
right, although I rather thought of him as a faithful, old-fashioned
serving-man, from whom Sir Peter had no secrets.”
David grinned; but how could anyone joke on a matter that Tuckerman took
so seriously? “Have it your own way,” he said. “Probably you’re right.
But hooked-nose pirate or faithful servant I don’t see how the mahogany
one can be of much help to us here to-day.”
Tuckerman closed the notebook. “Suppose we go down to the southwestern
point. At least we’ll get a good view of the sunset and freshen up for
supper.”
When they came to that end of the island they found the ledges and
neighboring sand covered with a vast array of sandpipers, all with their
heads turned in the same direction, watching, as it were, a score or so
of leaders, who stood out in front, closest to the water. Quietly though
the four crept up, they were still a couple of dozen yards from the rear
ranks when, with one accord and with as smooth a motion as though a sail
were being drawn across the beach, the hundreds of little winged bodies
rose in air and flew out across the waves.
“By Jove, that’s pretty!” said Tom. “They’re like ever so many bits of
silver paper blowing about in the wind.”
So they were. Fascinated, the four watched the sandpipers. When the
birds were tilted one way, on one tack, they could hardly be seen
against the light, they actually disappeared. Then a tiny deflection, a
dip and twist of the wings, and they were a network of silver, drawn
this way, then that. They wheeled, they rose, they dropped; no human
beings ever moved in such perfect precision; it was not as if they
followed a leader, it was as if every single sandpiper of the hundreds
knew instinctively what the bird just ahead of him would do. And at last
they descended, like falling leaves, on a flat rock out in the water.
“I don’t see how they can do it,” sighed Ben. “We could drill and drill
forever, and never get anything like that. Don’t tell me that sandpipers
haven’t brains.”
“You bet your boots they have,” said David. “Fine little fellows! I
don’t see how anybody can possibly want to shoot them.”
The little fellows rose again and went soaring off against the sunset
sky.
Tuckerman drew a long breath. “You boys who live by the seashore have
much to be thankful for. The pioneers who pushed inland must have been
awfully homesick for just such sights as that. Gee whillikins! What a
gorgeous sky! I could look at it for hours.”
His companions, however, had other things to do. They wanted to locate
the two pines that stood between the two rocks. A short search
discovered them. The trees, old and gnarled, twisted of branches on the
eastern side, where the winter winds had lashed them, still stood like
sentinels between the lichen-covered boulders, where Christopher
Cotterell and doubtless others before him back to the days of Peter had
surveyed them.
“They’re here all right,” said Ben. “What was it the notebook said? ‘I
have dug at this place, but found only sand.’ Well, there’s plenty of
sand—oodles of it. But if you ask my opinion, this isn’t the place to
dig.”
“You’re lazy,” scoffed David. “Tell me, Mr. Man, why in your learned
opinion isn’t this the right place to dig?”
“I’ve a hunch it isn’t,” answered Ben.
Tuckerman looked at the serious-faced small fellow, and suddenly gave a
laugh. “I’ve got the same sort of a hunch myself. My uncle Christopher
dug here and didn’t find anything. I don’t want to do his work all over
again.”
They let it go at that, and slowly, with an eye to the sunset, which
every moment grew more like a vast palette on which many colors were
mixed, went back by the path through the woods that skirted the western
shore. They reached the old house, and were passing it on their way to
the camp when Tom abruptly halted. “I say, I saw something moving at
that corner window on the second floor! Something white—yes, sir, it
moved. I’ll take my word to that!”
All stopped and gazed at the house. The windows were closed, no curtain
could have been blowing.
“Nonsense,” said David. “What you saw was the sunset reflected on the
glass.”
“I’ll bet it wasn’t,” Tom retorted. And straightway he went up the
graveled walk that led to the front door.
Now usually John Tuckerman had been careful to lock the door when he
left the house, but this time he had forgotten. Tom turned the knob and
pushed the door open.
They all went into the hall and stood there listening. Undoubtedly there
was the sound of footsteps on the floor above.
“That sounds to me like a giggle,” whispered Ben.
“Sh-ssh,” warned David.
Footsteps tapped on the floor, were coming apparently toward the head of
the staircase.
Then unmistakably there was a laugh, a light and merry laugh, in a
feminine key.
In the silence that followed David’s voice rose. “The lady with the
enormous feet!” he muttered.
A patter of feet and there came into view two ladies, two ladies in
hoopskirts, with white stockings and little black slippers laced with
black ribbons, and flowered silk waists and flat, mushroom-shaped hats
with streamers falling behind. They stood at the head of the staircase
and stared down at the four below.
“It’s Milly and Sally Hooper!” exclaimed Tom.
“Did I hear someone whisper ‘The lady with the enormous feet?’” Milly
Hallett wrinkled her nose and stuck out the tip of her tongue. “Sarah,
my dear, the gentlemen aren’t so gallant as they used to be. Whoever saw
neater, sweeter slippers than these we have on!”
Slowly, with a hand to each side of their skirts, which swayed like
great balloons, the two girls came down the stairs.
At the foot John Tuckerman stood, bowing. “Ladies, you greatly honor my
poor house,” he declared.
“Who is the gentleman, Milly?” asked Sarah Hooper, a black-haired,
black-eyed girl with scarlet ribbons to her hat.
“Faith, I think it must be one of the comely Cotterells,” said Milly.
“What a fine sunburn he has!”
“John Tuckerman, at your service,” said that gentleman. “Nephew of Mr.
Christopher.”
Milly Hallett’s blue eyes danced with delightful mischief. “And Mr.
Tuckerman, who are the three extraordinary young persons standing in a
row behind you? They do look so funny! Such remarkable clothes.”
David looked at Ben, and Ben looked at Tom, and Tom looked down at his
khaki trousers, which still bore patches of white and green paint
acquired a month ago when he was freshening up his canoe.
“Ladies, these are three experts,” Tuckerman explained. “The gentleman
with the yellow hair and the zebra stripes on his trousers is an expert
skipper, the one with the midnight hair and the rich mahogany skin is an
expert fisherman, and the third—with the splendid red complexion and
the curling locks—can cook a meal that will make you forget every other
breakfast or dinner or supper you ever sat down to.”
“Really!” exclaimed Sarah. “Milly dear, something reminds me that it’s a
long time since we tasted food.”
“I was just about to touch on that point,” said Tuckerman. “Will you do
us the honor of breaking bread with us? That is, if you won’t injure
your exquisite gowns by eating out of doors.”
“They can’t sit on the grass in those things,” Tom declared. “They’d
ruin them for fair.”
“Oh, can’t we!” cried Milly and Sarah in chorus. “Just you watch us do
it!”
And in spite of hoopskirts and tiny slippers and gingerly-perched hats
the two girls ran to the front door and down the steps to the path. The
other four, catching up with them, piloted them to camp.
On the way Milly explained. She had felt that she just had to find out
what was going on at Cotterell’s Island—she had feared that bears or
ghosts, mosquitoes or robbers might have made an end of her brother and
his friends; so she had gotten Sally Hooper, and they had taken Sally’s
father’s sailboat and sailed out to the island. They hadn’t seen the
boys; but when they went up to the white house they found the front door
unlocked. They went in and looked the place all over. In a room on the
second floor they found oceans of clothes in chests and closets, and
they simply had to try some of them on. Then they thought they’d
surprise the campers. And they certainly had done that, she concluded,
because she had never seen four people look so astonished as those four
had when they saw Sally and her come to the top of the stairs.
In fifteen minutes supper was under way, a truly marvellous supper, for
David was determined to show these skeptical girls what a howling cook
he was. The guests were not allowed to soil their fingers; as a matter
of fact they found they had their hands full with trying to manage their
ridiculous hoopskirts and sit down in them without smashing the hoops.
But they did contrive to seat themselves on a grassy bank, and Milly
took off her slippers—which were horribly tight—and the two watched
their four serving-men get supper, and occasionally put in a word or so
of advice.
When each of the six had declared that they could not possibly eat a
single additional pancake—no matter how much golden syrup was offered
as an extra inducement—supper came to a conclusion, and Milly cast a
reflective eye out on the water.
“Sally and I must be starting back,” she said with a sigh; “and I don’t
suppose they’d let us land in Barmouth, dressed in these funny old
clothes.”
Sarah Hooper looked at David, who sat cross-legged on the ground,
resting after his labors. “You’re a very superior chef,” she admitted;
“but I want to know what you meant when you heard us upstairs and
murmured, ‘The lady with the enormous feet.’ Oh yes, I heard you; and
those were the very words you used.”
David laughed. “I plead guilty. But I didn’t refer to either you or
Milly. I was thinking of a little detective work we have on hand.”
Then he had to explain about the discovery of the very large footprints
on the bank of the creek and the finding of a lady’s lavender-scented
handkerchief, with the initials A. S. L., in the kitchen.
“Oh, I love mysteries!” said Sarah. “I’m always reading detective
stories and working them out before the author tells you exactly what
did happen.”
“There’s the man for you then,” said David, pointing at Ben. “Eats ’em
alive, he does.”
“Huge footprints and a lady’s handkerchief,” murmured Milly. “That is a
funny combination. But we really must go, or Sally’s mother and father
will be sending out searching parties.”
They all walked back to the house, and the two girls went upstairs to
change into their own clothes. When they came down again, much more
comfortably dressed, they found the others in the big front room, where
Tuckerman had lighted the candles.
“How lovely!” exclaimed the romantic Sarah. “I adore old furniture. What
a duck of a divan! And that beautiful secretary.” She looked at a desk
that stood in a corner, at the other end from the fireplace. “It’s
mahogany, of course—and what perfect, long, fluted, shiny legs it has!”
“What’s that?” said Ben. “Say it again, and slower.”
“I tell you we must be going back,” declared Milly positively. “Never
mind these ducky old things, Sally. Think of your waiting parents.”
So Sally had to go, and they all trooped down to the pier, where Mr.
Hooper’s sailboat was bobbing about on the tide.
Tom insisted that he would take the _Argo_, to convoy the girls home;
but Milly also insisted that he should do nothing of the kind; she knew
how to handle a boat quite as well as her brother, the wind was right,
the water smooth, and she had often sailed later in the evening than
that. Nevertheless when Milly’s boat was out from the island, the
campers embarked in the _Argo_ and sailed along after them, until the
lights of Barmouth were visible right ahead. Then, with a good-night
shout, the crew of the _Argo_ brought their craft about and headed back
for the pier.
They walked through the moonlit woods to their camp, cleaned the dishes,
and made things snug for the night. As Ben, seated on a log, pulled off
his shoes, he said to Tom, who sat near him: “Did you hear what Sally
said about that desk in the corner?”
“Duck of a thing—some such nonsense.”
“No. She said, ‘Mahogany, of course. And what long, fluted, shiny
legs.’”
“Perhaps she did. I don’t remember.”
“Doesn’t that convey anything to your mind, Tom?”
“Can’t say it does. Mahogany—legs. Oh, I’m too sleepy to think of
anything.”
“Well, it conveys something to me,” said Ben. “I think maybe I’ve got a
clue, thanks to innocent Sally. I suppose it’s too late to go back to
the house to-night?”
“It’s too late to go anywhere except to sleep,” answered Tom shortly. “I
guess your clue will keep. If it’s got anything to do with Sir Peter’s
treasure, it’s kept for a hundred years.”
Tom gave a gigantic yawn, and rolled over on to his bed.
But Ben lay awake for some time, until he got the sound of the lapping
of waves on the beach mixed with John Tuckerman’s voice singing
“Yo—heave—ho, my lads,” and then he fell asleep.
V—THE MAHOGANY MAN
Mr. Tuckerman was doing the crawl-stroke—slowly and laboriously, with
almost as much splashing as a small paddle-wheel steamboat makes—but
still very much better than he had been able to do it two days before.
He was heading toward a rock, on which Tom, straight as an arrow and
almost as brown as a chocolate drop, stood with his arms pointed
outward, ready to dive.
Ben stood back of Tom, slapping his dripping thighs and hopping about on
his toes. In the water David was floating, as comfortable and serene as
a harbor seal taking an afternoon nap. “Look out, Professor,” he
cautioned; “Tom might land on your head. He’s a terrible practical
joker. Don’t you let him use you as a cushion.”
Tuckerman plowed along, gasping a little, his eyes fixed on the rock.
Tom dove, and came up alongside David. “If I was picking out a cushion,
I’d take you. You’d make a bully springboard. Push right along, Mr.
Tuckerman. You’re doing nobly.”
Ben gave a whoop. “Look out there!” Lithe as an eel, and seemingly made
of rubber, he sprang from the rock, turned a somersault, and shot
smoothly into the water. He reappeared, looking like a porpoise, his
black hair all shiny, and with a few lusty flaps reached the rock again
just as Tuckerman, breathless, put out his hands to clutch at the
slippery side.
“You’re a regular flying-fish,” Ben complimented Tuckerman, as the
latter, careful not to scrape too close against the rough edge of rock,
drew himself slowly up to the level top. “I don’t believe any of your
friends out in the plain country of Illinois would know you if they
happened to see you now.”
“I don’t believe they would,” agreed Tuckerman, sitting down gingerly
and embracing his knees with his hands. “I know I look like a red
Indian, and I feel as if I’d got a thousand more muscles than I ever had
before.”
“If you don’t mind——” said Ben; and putting his hands on Tuckerman’s
shoulders he made a leap-frog jump over the latter’s head and splashed
loudly into the water.
“Well,” said David, changing his position from floating to treading
water, “I think the coffee must be boiling now. It’s time I dropped
those eggs.” And with leisurely strokes he made for the beach, where he
had thoughtfully left a Turkish towel beside his pile of clothes.
The others followed suit, and had soon arrayed themselves in the few
garments they thought needful to wear in their island home. David poured
the coffee and attended to the toast and eggs, which had been procured
the day before from a farmer on the mainland. And as they ate, Ben
propounded the question:
“Fellows, what was it Christopher Cotterell said about a mahogany man?”
“He said,” Tuckerman answered, “‘Find the mahogany-hued man with the
long, skinny legs and look in his breast pocket.’”
“Exactly,” said Ben slowly. “Well, I’ve got an idea I know where to find
that man.”
The other three looked at him in utter amazement. “The dickens you have,
Benjie!” retorted Tom. “Why, he couldn’t be alive now.”
“Perhaps Ben thinks he’s a mummy,” suggested David, “or a piece of wood
that’s turned to stone.”
“Maybe I do,” Ben chuckled. “You’re getting warm, old horse. Long,
skinny legs—doesn’t that remind you of something? Haven’t you seen any
that answer that description in this neighborhood?”
“You’re not referring to mine?” asked Tuckerman.
The breakfast-party laughed, the Professor wore such a look of injured
dignity.
“No, sir, not to yours,” Ben said. “Yours are fat as a drum compared to
those I have in mind.”
“I remember Ben mumbled something about this last night,” mused Tom.
“But I was too sleepy to listen. He said something about Sally Hooper,
too; something about her giving him an idea.”
Ben nodded. “So she did.”
“Didn’t I always claim that our Benjie was a real detective?” said
David. “Clean up first; and then for the yarn.”
Breakfast things were put away in their box, and then the three turned
to Ben. “Where’s your mahogany man?” they demanded in one voice.
“There’s no hurry,” was the tantalizing answer. “Perhaps I’d better go
fishing first.”
Tom laid his hand on the other boy’s shoulder and twisted him around.
“Lead us to him,” he commanded.
Ben shrugged. “Oh, very well. You’re more interested than you were last
night. Come along, but don’t make any noise.”
He led them to Cotterell Hall. Tuckerman had locked the front door after
the girls had left on the night before, and now he opened it with the
key he kept in his trouser pocket.
Ben led them into the hall, and then into the big front room, which was
now flooded with sunlight.
“Look around,” he announced; “and tell me what you see.”
They looked about the room with puzzled faces. “Rats!” exclaimed David.
“I don’t see any man here.”
Ben glanced at Tuckerman. “Long, skinny, mahogany-colored legs,” he
murmured.
“Not Sir Peter’s portrait?” said Tuckerman.
Ben walked across the room in the direction of the secretary. “When
Sally came in here last night,” he explained, “she said something about
this desk. ‘Mahogany, I suppose—and what long, fluted, shiny legs.’
Well, it has, hasn’t it?” He laid his hand on the secretary. “Mightn’t
this be the man?”
“You’re joking,” Tom protested; while David looked from the desk to his
friend’s serious face as if he thought Ben must be plain crazy.
Tuckerman, however, laid his hand also on the piece of furniture. “They
liked their little joke in the old days,” he observed. “It might be,
Ben. If that’s so——” He turned the small brass key in the lock of the
lid, and pulling out the two supports on either side of the lower
drawers let the lid down on them. “If that’s so; and this is the
mahogany man—where’s his breast pocket?”
There were small drawers inside, and a row of pigeonholes to either side
of a central compartment that was also locked by a key.
“Somewhere up in his chest,” said Ben.
Tuckerman pulled out the drawers and emptied their contents, small
objects, keys, pencils, bits of sealing-wax, a few sheets of blank
paper. He put his hand in the pigeonholes and drew out several bundles
of letters. “I’ve been through all these things before,” he said with a
shake of his head.
“That place in the middle,” Tom suggested.
“Only an ink-stand,” said Tuckerman; and unlocking the little door he
drew forth a big glass inkstand with a brass top. That was all there was
in the little cupboard; all the contents of the upper part of the
secretary were arrayed on the lid.
“No go,” said David. “The man hasn’t anything in his pocket to give us
any clue.”
“I must say,” said Tom, “it does seem ridiculous to me that anyone could
have meant that desk——”
“I’ve heard,” mumbled Ben, who was paying no attention to what the
others were saying, “that old desks have secret compartments. My
grandfather has an old one that looks something like this. Let me
see——” He slipped his hand into the pigeonhole on the right of the
little door Tuckerman had unlocked, and began to feel around. “I say!
Here’s something. It feels like a wooden spring.”
Tuckerman put his hand into the central compartment. “Push on the
spring,” he directed.
Ben pushed and Tuckerman at the same moment pulled out the cupboard that
had harbored the inkstand. It was a box that fitted snugly into the
centre of the secretary.
“Well, that’s a great stunt,” said Tom. “It comes to pieces like a nest
of drawers.”
The four, their heads close together, looked into the space from which
the cupboard had come.
All they saw was an unvarnished piece of pine board, apparently the back
of the desk.
“Looks like my grandfather’s,” said Ben. “Yes, there’s a couple of
holes.” And putting his forefinger and thumb into two indentations in
the wood at the back, he wriggled his hand around and drew out a small
drawer.
“Empty!” he muttered, disappointed, holding the drawer so that the
others could see.
Again he put his hand into the opening and drew out a second drawer that
had been under the first one. This also was empty.
“One more chance.” He pulled out the bottom drawer. In this there was
something. Holding it upside down, a small roll of paper fell out on the
lid of the desk.
“A piece of parchment,” said Tuckerman, picking up the roll. He opened
it out, holding it taut in his two hands.
All eyes focussed on the sheet, on which were scrawled, in a faint
purplish ink, these lines:
I took the box
cliff where was
meaning to es
but they were
and so I hid
pocket in the
are two big
make a mark
Tuckerman read these words aloud, three times over. Then he gave a
grunt. “Well, that’s that. And it’s not so very illuminating, is it?”
Ben took the parchment. “Somebody’s cut it across. See, the right hand
words are close to the edge. How disgusting!”
David and Tom each handled the parchment, which was finally laid on the
desk-lid, with the inkstand to keep it from curling up into its original
tight roll.
David stroked his chin, pretending to be lost in thought. “Somebody took
the box—to the cliff—but they were—and so somebody hid the box—in
his pocket—there are two big—that make a mark. I gather from that line
about the pocket that the box was pretty small.”
“It doesn’t say he hid it in his pocket,” Ben objected. “It might have
been a pocket in the cliff just as well.”
“Who do you suppose he was?” asked Tom.
“Why, Peter Cotterell, of course,” David answered promptly.
“I don’t know about that,” said Tuckerman. “This handwriting doesn’t
look like that of a man who was used to holding the pen. See how he’s
gone over some of the letters several times, as if he wasn’t precisely
sure how he ought to form them. Sir Peter was a well-educated gentleman.
He must have known how to use a quill.”
“Perhaps he wanted to disguise his handwriting,” David suggested.
“Why would he want to do that?” Ben retorted. “Whoever wrote that meant
to leave a record of what he’d done with the box. There wouldn’t be any
sense in faking his handwriting—certainly not if he intended to hide
the parchment away in a secret drawer of the desk.”
“What sense would there be in his cutting it in two then?” Tom inquired.
Tuckerman, who was sitting on the arm of a chair, threw back his head
and laughed. “Here we are arguing about something that happened ever so
long ago, and we haven’t the least idea why it happened this way.” He
turned to the portrait on the wall and shook his finger at it. “You—or
some of your household—knew how to make first-class puzzles, Sir
Peter.” Then, as he swung around to the three boys, he added:
“My guess is that there’s a pocket in a cliff somewhere on this island,
and that there is—or was—a box hidden in it.”
“Find the cliff,” said Tom.
Ben shook his head. “There are dozens of cliffs.”
“Well, you won’t find anything more in your mahogany man’s breast
pocket,” Tom answered. “You can see for yourself it’s empty.”
“My idea is,” said David, “that we get the _Argo_ and sail round the
island till we sight a likely-looking cliff.”
“That appeals to me,” agreed Tuckerman, “and Tom can give me another
lesson in how to handle a boat.”
The parchment was put in its drawer, the three drawers replaced, the
cupboard pushed back and caught by its spring, and the desk-lid lifted
and locked.
“I’d a heap rather hunt for clues out of doors on a day like this,” said
David.
But Ben sat down on a divan. “I want to do a little thinking, fellows.
You go along without me. Maybe I’ll go fishing for dinners off the rocks
after a while.”
They laughed at Ben; but he would not be dissuaded. He wanted to do some
thinking, and he meant to. “Stubborn as a mule,” said Tom. “He gets his
mind set on a thing, and dynamite won’t budge him.”
So the others went down to the sailboat; and presently Ben, getting up
from the divan, went out and cut himself a stick of willow. He brought
it back and began to whittle shavings all over the hardwood floor of
Cotterell Hall. He had seen men down on the Barmouth docks whittle
shavings for hours, and he had copied the habit. He found it a great
help when he wanted to think things out.
VI—THE CLIPPER SHIP
Ben Sully was a boy who would rather work out a puzzle than do almost
anything else. He had a tremendous amount of patience, which possibly
explains why he was such a successful fisherman, since he could wait
longer, dangling a piece of bait in the water, than nine out of ten
fishes could resist the temptation to find out what the bait tasted
like. Any kind of a _puzzle_, from cut out sections of cardboard that
fitted together to make a picture all the way to ingenious contraptions
of metal links that didn’t want to come apart, was a delight to Ben. He
had boxes and boxes of them stored away in a closet at home. He had
invented secret codes and cryptograms by the score, and when he was only
ten years old had constructed a private language of twenty-five words
that he had taught to Tom and David and which the three of them had used
among themselves to the great admiration and envy of all the rest of
their school.
Naturally then Ben felt that this _puzzle_ of Peter Cotterell’s treasure
was right in his line, and the finding of the half-sheet of parchment
whetted his appetite to discover more. He walked about the room,
whittling shavings right and left, he sat down and kept on whittling, he
stood up again, and since by now the willow-stick had been whittled down
to almost nothing, he threw what was left in the fireplace.
That done, he went to a bookcase and took down from the shelf on top the
old notebook that Tuckerman had found in his uncle’s bedroom. He thumbed
the pages until he came to the place where Tuckerman had inserted a slip
of paper. Ben read the words at the top of the page out loud. “Find the
mahogany-hued man with the long, skinny legs and look in his breast
pocket. That’s a saying my father handed down. What can it mean?” Ben
looked at the desk. “Well, we’ve done that, anyhow.” He shook his head
in deep thought. “I don’t understand why that piece of parchment wasn’t
discovered before. They might not have taken the desk to be the mahogany
man; but surely Crusty Christopher or his father would have known of
those three little drawers. However, they might have found that writing
and left it there. That’s possible, of course. Probably it didn’t tell
them any more than it’s told us so far.”
Turning again to the notebook, he ran his eye down the page. Nothing but
Christopher Cotterell’s comments on all sorts of subjects, nothing that
interested Ben. He turned a page, two pages, another, and then his
glance fell on this: “I’ve heard that the old clipper ship got some of
the cargo that the mahogany man carried. But if she did, what use is
that to us now? She sailed out of Barmouth Harbor during the
Revolution.”
On and on down the page Ben’s eyes traveled, but lighted on nothing that
caught his special attention. So he went back and reread that passage.
Then he closed the book, replaced it on the shelf, stuck his hands in
his pockets, and stared through the window.
“I wonder if there was a real mahogany man,” he mused, “and a real ship.
There might have been. There were men from the West Indies in this part
of the country in those days. One of them might have had valuables in
his clothes, and part of the things he was guarding might have been
carried off in the hold of a ship. Was there a real man, or was it that
secretary? And how about the ship?”
Presently Ben walked around the drawing-room, as if he were searching
for something. From there he went to the dining-room and the kitchen,
and then upstairs to Christopher Cotterell’s bedroom. He looked into
closets and behind curtains, he pulled open wardrobe doors and peered in
at the shelves. But each time he shook his head, as much as to say:
“There’s nothing there that I want.”
Under the slanting roof at the top of the house was an attic, already
explored by Tuckerman and the boys. It was filled with every kind of
thing, from an ancient lacquered Indian temple—the green and gold of
the lacquer now sadly tarnished and chipped—to a collection of Red
Men’s arrowheads, neatly fastened to a board by small straps of leather.
Ben looked around at the strange medley of objects, thinking how many
countries and how many different races of men had contributed to the
furnishing of this attic; and then his roving eyes lighted on something
that made them glisten—on a bracket against the wall sat the model of a
ship.
Ben knew the model to be that of a Yankee clipper—three masts, loftily
rigged, with three sky-sail yards, and a long mainyard. She was
beautifully built, every detail complete, the deck and hull shining with
varnish. “Hello,” sang out Ben, “clipper ship ahoy!” And pushing a box
close against the wall he stepped up opposite the bracket.
In the deck of the model was a little lid. He pried this up with his
knife-blade. There was just room for him to squeeze his fingers through,
and when he drew them out again they held a small roll of paper.
“Yes,” said Ben, “it’s parchment,” and very much thrilled he took his
find over to the window and smoothed it out.
The ink on this parchment was faint and purplish, like that on the sheet
already found in the desk, and the left hand words were close to the
edge. Ben read them aloud:
to the north
the boat
cape with it
off the shore
it in the
rocks. There
veins that
like a cross.
James Sampson.
“Good enough!” said Ben, and ran down the stairs to the first floor.
The little drawer in the secretary was again made to disgorge its
half-sheet of parchment and Ben laid the two papers side by side on the
desk-lid. They fitted perfectly; now their message was complete.
I took the box to the north
cliff where was the boat
meaning to escape with it
but they were off the shore
and so I hid it in the
pocket in the rocks. There
are two big veins that
make a mark like a cross.
James Sampson.
“Well, that’s clear enough,” said Ben, “though why anyone should cut
James Sampson’s writing in two is more than I can understand.” He copied
the words on a sheet of paper and put the two pieces of parchment in the
secret drawer. “Now let’s see what we’ve got. Sampson meant to leave the
island with his box at the northern end, but he saw some enemies waiting
there, so he hid the box in a crevice where the rocks are marked like a
cross. All right for Mr. Sampson. That’s easy sailing. But why didn’t
some of the Cotterells find what was in the hold of that little ship’s
model long before this? Funny—that is.” Again his brows bent in
thought. “Was James Sampson the real mahogany man? Was there a real
clipper ship?” At last he shook his head. “I don’t know. But at least
I’ve found something.”
Ben left the house. It was noon, and warm. The others were sailing
around the island; there was no knowing when they would be back. He
debated whether to go fishing, and finally decided against it. Without
any definite purpose in mind he took the path at the back of Cotterell
Hall that led toward the little creek.
It was only a short distance across to the inlet where David and he had
landed. He went through the bushes and trees until he saw the water
before him. There was the creek and there was the marshy ground where
they had found the footprints. He descended the bank to look at the
marks again.
There were no footprints there now: they had utterly vanished!
Ben hunted along the edge of the creek, although he was positive where
the marks had been. There was not a sign of them. There had been no rain
to wash them out. The soggy ground was above the reach of the tide.
There was only one explanation: someone had been there since David and
he had landed and had carefully removed any sign of footsteps.
To discover footprints on a supposedly uninhabited shore is thrilling,
but to discover that those footprints have disappeared is even more
exciting. What did it mean? Well, to Ben it clearly indicated that the
person who had made those marks in the first place had some very good
reason for wanting no one to know that he had been there.
Cotterell’s treasure was an ancient mystery; but this was a new one, no
older in fact than the day before yesterday. This was new matter over
which to cudgel one’s brains, and Ben, sitting on the bank, gave deep
consideration to it until he saw the sail of the _Argo_ creeping up from
the south.
Should he tell the others of his discoveries or not? He decided to keep
them a secret, including the vanished footprints, for a short time at
least. But he jumped up, and ran down to the shore, and sent an
ear-piercing yell across the water. The answer was a wave from Tom, and
presently the _Argo_ drew closer inland and laid her course for a small,
grass-topped headland on Ben’s side of the creek.
“Don’t jump; slide down, Benjie, slide,” directed Tom.
“And slide gently,” added David. “Not as if you were making for third
base with the ball getting there before you. Remember the Professor’s at
the helm and we don’t want to tilt the boat.”
“Don’t you worry,” sang out Ben. “I’ll drop in so you’ll think I’m as
light as a feather.” And as the _Argo_ slipped along under the headland
he let himself down, lightly and easily, but, as it happened, right on
the shoulders of David.
The big fellow gave a growl. Ben’s legs had somehow contrived to twine
themselves around David’s neck, and Ben was sitting there on the broad
shoulders, his hands on the other boy’s head.
“Hi there! Look out!” cried Tuckerman. “You’ll upset the whole shebang!”
But Tom came to the skipper’s rescue. A steadying hand on the tiller and
the _Argo_ moved out from the shore.
Slowly Ben pushed David forward until they both came down in a heap in
the little cockpit. “Behave yourselves,” ordered Tom. “I’ve got a dipper
here and I’ll souse you both with cold water!”
The threat was enough. The two sat up. David grinned. “The little
feller’s all right; he’s got some muscle. I shouldn’t wonder if I could
make a real man out of him some day.”
Under Tom’s teaching John Tuckerman was learning something about
handling a sailing dory, just as Ben had given him lessons in flounder
fishing, David in making flapjacks, and the three in various swimming
strokes. It was true that he still regarded the _Argo’s_ sail, when a
sudden puff of wind filled it, as an inexperienced driver regards his
horse when the animal shows signs of shying—his muscles grew tense, and
he frowned, and stopped talking—but he didn’t ask Tom what to do and he
managed to keep the dory fairly close to the course he intended. And he
was a good sport! He didn’t try to crawl out of his mistakes by arguing
about them; he admitted them with a grin, and that grin was always so
whole-souled and hearty that it made one want to slap him on the back
and tell him that he hadn’t really made a mistake after all.
When Tuckerman had the _Argo_ well in hand again and could think of
other matters, he said to Ben, “We’ve seen plenty of rocks and ledges,
but nary a thing that could properly be called a cliff. A cliff, I take
it, is something fairly high and mighty, not so steep as Gibraltar
perhaps, but as large as a good-sized barn-door.”
“While we’ve been hunting for cliffs,” said David, “I suppose Ben has
worked this all out. What are your conclusions, oh wise one?”
“Never you mind, my boy. The clever magician waits till he has
everything in order before he performs his trick.”
“Ben’s got something up his sleeve,” put in Tom. “I can always tell when
he talks in that grand way. But there’s no use trying to make him tell
us, Dave. The way to make an oyster talk is to pay no attention to it.”
Ben said nothing, though the temptation was great as the _Argo_ reached
the northern end of the island, where high rocks came down to the water.
Tuckerman admitted these were cliffs, but there were a number of them,
and how was he to tell which was the one they wanted? They sailed slowly
along, watching the shore and speculating as to what the message in the
desk referred. And while the other three talked Ben sat silent, trying
to picture what had happened to James Sampson there more than a century
before.
Ben had a good imagination, and it led him to see Sampson as a servant
of Sir Peter Cotterell, a faithful serving-man, who always did what his
master told him. When the men of Barmouth threatened to take Sir Peter’s
treasure the old Tory gave some of his most valuable possessions to
Sampson, and the latter carried them to this end of the island where he
had a small boat that should carry him to the mainland. When he reached
the shore, however, he saw other Barmouth men patrolling the coast in
their own boats and so his escape that way was cut off. With quick wit
he hid the treasures in a cleft of the rock and blocked up the
hiding-place. Ben could see it all, even to Sir Peter, in knee-breeches
and wig, commending James Sampson when the man returned and related what
he had done. “Good and faithful servant,” said Sir Peter; “the rascals
are outwitted again!” And doubtless Sir Peter took Sampson into the
dining-room and poured him out a glass of rum. Ben wasn’t sure about
that; it might not have been rum; but rum sounded well, it smacked of
old-time adventure. Yes, probably it was rum; and Sampson had wiped his
mouth with the sleeve of his jacket and laughed with his master at the
thought of the men of Barmouth sitting out there in their boats, like so
many cats waiting outside a mouse-hole.
“Come out of it, Ben! Wake up!”
Ben looked up with a start. Tom was laughing at him. “Where are you,
Benjie? A million miles away!”
“No,” answered Ben, “I was listening to Sir Peter talking to a man you
don’t any of you know anything about.”
“Your precious mahogany man?” asked Tom. “Don’t tell me you learned
something more about him while you were up at the house.”
“He means the man with the big feet,” said David. “Did you find his
prints in the house?”
“David,” said Ben solemnly, “you’re absolutely certain you saw those
footprints of a man on the bank of the creek, are you?”
“Absolutely,” David stated. “You don’t think it was some animal wearing
a man’s shoes, do you?”
“No. I thought you saw them. But I looked this morning in the same
place, and there aren’t any prints there now.”
There followed a moment’s silence; then Tuckerman exploded a loud
“What?”
“Vanished, vamoosed, flown away,” Ben said with a nod.
“My eye!” exclaimed David. “This is too horrible! Is the island
haunted?”
“It is peculiar,” said Tuckerman, frowning at the shore.
“Look out!” sang out Tom.
The _Argo_, her helmsman unheeding his business, was slowly coming
about, with a ledge of rock dead ahead. Tuckerman wheeled around, put
the tiller over—the dory righted again.
“Ben,” said Tom, “don’t you spring anything like that on us again, with
the Professor sailing this boat. If you’ve got any other fairy tales,
you keep them till we’re on shore.”
“My fault,” said the skipper. “I’m learning. My first business is to
bring us safe up to the dock.”
“And my first business,” added David, “is to get something to eat.
Mysteries may come and go, but three square meals a day are always
needful. How about that, Ben, my son? What did Sir Peter and this other
friend of yours live on?”
“Rum,” said the solemn Ben.
“Rum! You’re a rum one! Are you sure you didn’t drink some of Sir
Peter’s rum before you went to the creek and found that the footprints
were missing?”
But Ben only smiled. He could afford to smile when he knew that he, and
he alone, had a copy of James Sampson’s complete message tucked away in
his pocket.
VII—THE TIGERS PLAY CAMP AMOUSSOCK
Needless to say, Ben would have liked to start out immediately after
dinner to look for the pocket in the rocks that was marked with a cross,
provided he could have found a good excuse to get away from the others;
for he was still of a mind to keep his discovery a secret for the
present. But the larder was in need of fresh supplies, and as soon as
they had finished their cleaning up Tom announced that their immediate
business was to sail across to Farmer Hapgood’s and buy some eggs and
milk. So the _Argo_ put out into the bay again, and soon the four
campers, the sailboat safely moored at the Hapgood landing, were
tramping up the road toward a gray-shingled cottage that had a couple of
beautiful, tall elms at either side of it.
Mrs. Hapgood sold them eggs, milk, and butter, and some large loaves of
freshly-baked bread. These were packed in a basket the boys had brought.
When they came out from the house they stopped a few moments to chat
with Mrs. Hapgood, and while they were talking two large automobiles
swung in from a crossroad and raced past the farmhouse door.
The two cars were filled with boys, boys on the seats and on the
running-boards. “They’re from Camp Amoussock, down along the shore a
way,” Mrs. Hapgood explained. “They’re going to have a baseball game
with the boys around here. My Sandy’s playing. He’s getting into his
things upstairs now, but he’ll be down in a minute.”
The cars disappeared in a cloud of dust, and almost immediately a
red-haired, freckle-faced young fellow, in a baseball suit, dashed out
from the front door.
“Hello,” he cried, nodding to the others. “That crowd made as much noise
with their horns as if they’d won the game already.”
“Pretty good team, are they?” asked David.
“Yes, they’re a good team,” said Sandy; “but mighty stuck on themselves.
They come from a lot of different cities, and most of them play on their
school nines. They’ve beaten us the last two summers. Gee, but we’d like
to get back at ’em to-day!”
“Who’s on your team?” asked Tom.
“Well, we call ourselves the Tidewater Tigers. Most of us live around
here. One, Billy Burns, comes from Barmouth. Native sons of New
Hampshire against the strangers—that’s what my father says.”
“We know Billy Burns,” said Ben. “He’s a good batter.”
“Yes, he’s good,” agreed Sandy. “But they’ve got a pitcher who’s a
corker. Lanky Larry they call him. He’s the goods all right—lots of
speed and a curve. I’ll say he is! Fanned me three times last year.”
Sandy clutched his bat. “Gee, but I’d like to sting him!”
“Let’s feel it,” said David. He took the bat and swung it several times.
“A little light, but not bad,” he pronounced judicially.
“Say, why don’t you all come along? We’ll show you some real excitement.
You can leave that basket here.”
The boys looked at each other, and suddenly Tuckerman burst out
laughing. “Lead us to it, Sandy. I can see these three have got their
tongues hanging out.”
“Well,” said David slowly, “I do hate to pass a good thing by.”
“He wants a sight of this Lanky Larry,” said Tom. “A good pitcher to
Dave is like a red rag to a bull.”
Mrs. Hapgood relieved Tom of the basket. “You boys are native sons,” she
said with a smile. “Go along and root for the Tigers.”
Up the road they went until they came to an open field marked out with a
baseball diamond. The two automobiles were parked on one side, and on
the other was a crowd of boys and girls, interspersed with a few older
people. Already some of the Tigers and some of the Amoussocks were
knocking out flies to their fielders.
“There’s Lanky, warming up,” said Sandy, pointing to a tall,
dark-skinned fellow who was throwing a ball to a catcher in front of the
automobiles. “They’re a swell lot, aren’t they? They’ve all got brand
new suits this summer, with red and white stockings, and a red A on
their chests.”
The Amoussocks did look very trim; more especially in contrast to the
native sons, who were dressed in all sorts of suits, the most of them
old and mud-stained.
“Here’s Billy Burns,” said Sandy; and as Tuckerman and the three boys
went up to join the crowd, Sandy darted away to report himself to his
captain.
Billy came up. “Hi, you fellows. What you doing here?”
“Digging clams for bait,” answered David. “Benjie wants to go fishing.”
“Come down to see us smear the strangers?” Billy continued, ignoring
David’s joke.
“I hear that Lanky Larry’s a terror.” This from Tom.
“Terror’s the word,” Billy admitted. “Say, Dave, you think you’re some
hitter in Barmouth. But you’ve never stacked up against his class.”
“Oh, I don’t know,” said David. “I’ve sent some good men to the discard.
Howsomever, it’s not up to me this afternoon to tackle the strangers.
I’m neutral to-day.”
“Go to it, Billy!” said Ben. “We’re going to root for you. Of course we
are. We’re not pikers.”
It was clear that this was a big day in the eyes of the community. A
hay-wagon rattled up, loaded with empty boxes and a pile of boards. The
boxes were stood on end on the ground and the planks placed across them,
and the seats thus made were instantly filled by boys and girls. On the
opposite side waved a large banner, white with a gigantic red A in the
centre. There were shouts and cheers from both sides as the two teams
gathered round the umpire; then the Tigers ran out to take the field and
the first Amoussock batter stepped up to the plate.
The campers from Cotterell’s Island sat on the grass with the New
Hampshire boys. Half the fun of watching any contest is in rooting for
one side to win, and naturally the campers were backing the home nine.
The Amoussocks had a superior air, partly due perhaps to their snappy
suits and partly to the fact that they had beaten the Tigers each of the
two summers before. And they knew how to play baseball; there was a snap
and precision about their work that was the result of constant coaching
in teamwork.
Against them the home team, mostly the sons of neighboring farmers, boys
who had to coach themselves and only played together on Saturdays,
showed at a decided disadvantage. They had plenty of fighting spirit and
kept right up on their toes, playing for all they were worth, taking big
chances in stealing bases and backing each other up on every throw. But
they couldn’t hit Lanky Larry—not to any extent; and the Amoussocks
could, and did, hit Sam Noyes, the Tiger pitcher.
David shook his head as the third inning ended. “That Lanky’s got ’em
where he wants ’em,” he said. “He eases up a bit, and lets us get a hit
or two; but watch him in the pinches. He can tighten up and shoot ’em
over. Yes, siree,—nothing he likes better than a couple of them on the
bases, and then putting over three strikes, simple as you please.”
Tom took a blade of grass from his mouth. “And he keeps grinning.
Nothing riles a batter worse than that sort of a pitcher. ‘See how
simple it is,’ he says with that smile. ‘Like taking candy from a kid to
get a strike on you’—and he goes ahead and shoots one over while you’re
planning how you’ll wipe the grin from his face.”
Billy Burns dropped down beside them. “Two to nothing,” he declared.
“Sam’s doing mighty well, but Lanky’s doing better. It’s that in-shoot
of his. I know just where it’s going, but hang it all! every blessed
time I reach right out for it.”
“He’s got your goat,” said David. “You’re so all-fired mad that you
don’t wait for the ball to get near you.”
“Huh, it’s easy to talk! I suppose you could wait all day.”
“Well, I wouldn’t get tied up tight, stiff as a stick. That’s the
trouble with all our team. They’re so keen to hit they can’t wait.
Larry’s got them going before they walk out there; and he knows it too,
believe me!”
“I suppose you’d be as cool as a cucumber,” Billy jeered.
“As fat as a cucumber, you mean,” suggested Ben. “When Dave leans
against the ball it’s like a ton of bricks.”
“We’re out again,” announced Billy, picking up his fielder’s glove.
“We’re not so worse in the field; but golly, if we could only hit!”
The Tigers couldn’t hit, however. The crowd on the benches rooted as
hard as they could, but the native sons stayed behind. And the visitors
grew more dashing. They kept talking to each other on the bases, little
remarks filled with self-esteem; it was easy to see they were very well
pleased with themselves.
David kept pulling blades of grass, chewing them, spitting them out.
Every time that a Tiger came to bat David felt as if it were he himself
who was facing that smiling pitcher.
The fifth inning came and went; the score was still the same. Billy
Burns, in spite of what David had told him, had struck out again.
Tom stood up and stretched. “No, boys, it isn’t our day—unless
something different happens. I guess that old New Hampshire’s got to
take the short end.”
Something did happen; but not what Tom expected. Billy Burns, in the
outfield, running after a deep fly to centre, made a dive for the ball
at full speed, stumbled, fell headlong, but held up the ball in his
hand.
“Batter’s out!” cried the umpire.
The loyal rooters cheered. Billy, however, lay flat, and when, after a
moment, he tried to get up, he sat down quickly again.
The other fielders ran over to him and stood him up between them. Billy
held up one foot, put it down, gave a groan. “Twisted my ankle, I
guess,” he muttered. He tried to take a step forward. “No go,” he added.
“Hang it all, just my luck!”
Two fielders brought him in between them, Billy hopping on one foot. The
Tigers held a consultation, while the Amoussocks threw the ball around.
Then Sam Noyes, the Tiger captain, stepped over to David. “Billy’s down
and out,” he said. “He can’t play any more. But he says you think you
can hit their pitcher; and you’re from Barmouth, so that’d be all right.
Want to take Billy’s place?”
David glanced up. He knew by the look on Sam’s face that the Tiger
captain didn’t believe he could bat any better than the others. “All
right,” he answered. “I didn’t mean to boast, you know; but I’ll do my
darndest.”
“No one can do more,” murmured Tuckerman behind him.
David peeled off his coat and put on Billy’s glove. He lumbered out to
centrefield while Sam Noyes explained the substitution to the Amoussock
captain.
In the last half of the sixth inning David came to bat. Lanky Larry
patted the ball caressingly, surveyed the new player from head to foot,
and then grinned as if he had suddenly remembered a tremendous joke.
David dug his feet into the earth of the batter’s box, wishing he had on
the cleated shoes he wore when he played on his school team, swung his
bat—one he had carefully selected from the varied assortment offered by
the Tigers—and then grinned as if he also had thought of something very
funny.
“I say, what’s the joke, you two fellows?” sang out a man who was
standing back of the benches.
That made everybody laugh, with the result that Lanky, when he pitched
the ball, threw it wide and missed the plate by a couple of inches.
“Ball one!” proclaimed the umpire.
“Make it be good!” yelled Ben.
David hitched up his trousers and lifted his bat again. Lanky patted the
ball and smiled, but not so broadly. He shot the next one across the
plate with speed and precision, David letting it go by without swinging
at it.
“Strike one!” sang the umpire.
“You’ve got him, Lanky!” came a voice from the ranks of the Amoussocks.
“Oh dear!” sighed a girl on the Tiger’s bench, loud enough to be heard
across the diamond; “I thought this fellow looked like he could knock a
home run!”
There was a titter, a ripple of laughter, and Larry, fondling the ball,
looked over in the direction of the girl and grinned from ear to ear.
The ball shot from his hand. There was a crack—sharp and
stinging;—Larry reached out, missed the ball as it whizzed by—whizzed
on over the bag at second base, sizzled on into the outfield.
Centrefield couldn’t touch it; that ball simply wouldn’t stop, and
didn’t until it struck a stone wall at the end of the field.
By the time the ball got back David was standing on third base, and the
Tiger rooters were splitting the air with yells.
“Dave leaned against it all right, didn’t he?” said Ben to Tuckerman.
“He came around on it just as easy; but when he struck he made every
ounce tell.”
“He’d have had a home run if it hadn’t been for that stone wall,” said
Tuckerman. “The field’s too short; it doesn’t give our Dave a show.”
Lanky Larry looked less amused. He frowned and grew thoughtful; with the
result that the next Tiger up got a neat hit to right field, and David
came trotting home.
But the inning ended on the next play, the Tiger being caught out at
second base. The score was two to one, in the Amoussock’s favor. The
crowd felt somewhat better as the Tigers took the field again. The
Amoussocks, however, managed to get in another run at their turn at bat,
and had a good lead of two.
The seventh and eighth innings repeated the same old story. Lanky was in
form again, and none of the batters could hit him. And with the score at
three to one the Amoussocks prepared to mow down their rivals in the
last half of the ninth.
David was to be the third batter, and he swung two bats over his
shoulder as he waited for his turn. Lanky knew what he was doing, was in
fact watching him out of the corner of his eye, and looking forward to
his next chance at the cocky David. Thinking what he would do to David
he forgot the job in hand, and struck Sam Noyes on the arm. The umpire
sent Sam to first. Larry scowled and bit his lip. The next Tiger got a
hit, and Sam went to second.
The crowd jumped to its feet, both sides were rooting madly. “If only
there was room for a home run!” sighed Ben. “Old Barmouth could do it!
Keep cool, Dave my lad!”
David was perfectly cool, to all appearance at least, as he walked up to
the plate. He smiled and gave the least little nod at the tall,
dark-skinned pitcher.
A duel between these two;—that was what the crowd felt in the air. The
fielders were hopping about, crouching, their hands on their knees; Sam
and the Tiger on first base were flapping their arms, all ready to dash
for the next base. But nobody looked at them; all eyes were on the two
who were regarding each other with pleasant smiles.
“Strike one!”
David stepped back, a bit surprised, while the crowd gave a groan.
“Ball one!” There was a little ripple of satisfaction.
“But he’s got to hit it,” Tom muttered in Tuckerman’s ear. “A base on
balls won’t do. The next fellow’d go out.”
And David knew he’d got to hit it, and kept telling himself not to
tighten up. “Easy does it, easy does it,” kept singing over and over in
his mind. If he tried too hard Lanky would get him just as he had gotten
the others; and he knew perfectly well that was what Lanky intended that
he should do.
“Strike two!”
Larry had outguessed him that time, giving him a slow drop. David eased
his muscles, smiled his confident smile, settled evenly on his feet.
This next would be the in-shoot. Larry would save that for the last.
“Easy does it; take your time.” David looked at the pitcher, not
angrily, not intently, just with a jovial dare.
And the bat, with David’s shoulders behind it, and his waist and his
legs as well, met that ball as it curved in toward him fair and square
on the nose. There was a mighty crack—the sort that sings in the ears
and makes the pulses tingle—and away and away went the ball. Over the
pitcher’s head, over the heads of the fielders; far out in the field it
struck the ground at last and bounded over the stone wall. It brought up
against a cow, that was lying down in a meadow, and it gave her such a
bump that she rose in haste and went galloping away, not knowing what
had struck her. And by the time the first Amoussock outfielder touched
that ball Sam Noyes and the next Tiger and David had circled the bases
and the game was won.
Billy Burns hopped over to David, forgetful of his sprained ankle. “Put
it there, old scout!” he cried, holding out his hand. “I never saw such
a hit! Gee whillikins! Dave, you’re the stuff all right!”
“Easy does it,” said David, who couldn’t think of anything else to say.
“Easy!” exclaimed Billy. “You call that easy! I’d like to know what you
do to a ball when you hit it hard!”
VIII—THE CANOE
David would have liked to have taken to his heels and beaten it down the
road to the bay, but he was not allowed to do this. Not only the Tigers,
but all that section of New Hampshire appeared to think that he had
vindicated the honor of the country against the big cities, represented
in this case by the boys of Camp Amoussock. Horny-handed farmers
insisted on coming up and shaking his hand, slapping him on the back,
inviting him to supper. And what tickled Ben more than anything else was
to see the girl who had exclaimed, “I thought this fellow looked like he
could knock a home run!” push her way through the crowd and thrust out
her hand at David.
Ben nudged Tom. “Look at our brave boy now.”
The girl was saying, “I knew you looked like a winner. I’ve got a kid
brother at home; he’s got a sore foot and couldn’t get over here; but
I’m going to tell him how you soaked that ball and hit the old cow, and
maybe he won’t be excited! What’s your name? He’ll want to know.”
No beet was ever redder than David’s face as he gave a sheepish grin.
“David Norton,” he said. And as the girl insisted on shaking hands he
touched her fingers gingerly. “Much obliged,” he stammered. “Hope the
kid’s foot gets well again. Funny about that cow;—hope it didn’t hurt
her.”
“I wouldn’t care,” said the girl, “if it broke one of her ribs. But
don’t you worry, Mr. Norton. I’m right glad to have met you.” And she
pushed her way out of the throng again, delighted to be able to tell her
kid brother that she had shaken hands with the hero of the day.
“You may be a mighty batter,” said Ben, when David was able at last to
rejoin his friends, “but when it comes to the girls you’re a beautiful
imitation of a wooden Indian. You shake hands like a pump.”
“Oh, cut it out,” growled David, who always stood more or less in fear
of girls, and hated to be teased about them. “I suppose you’d have made
her some kind of a pretty speech; asked her to dance, perhaps.”
“I’d have looked as if I liked being told how fine I was. Oh, what a
shame it is that nobody ever says such things to me,” sighed Ben, “when
I’m the one that could really appreciate them!”
Sandy Hapgood now came up, and David, eager to be rid of any more talk
about the game, hurried his friends away. “Looks like a thunderstorm,”
he said, squinting at the sky, where dark clouds were rapidly rising.
They passed the meadow, where the cow was now peacefully chewing her cud
again. She cast a reproachful eye at the boy in the baseball suit.
“That’s the longest hit that was ever made on our field,” remarked
Sandy. “And against Lanky Larry, too! Oh boy! Did you see Lanky after
the game? He looked—well, he didn’t look so all-fired stuck on
himself.”
“He’s a fine pitcher,” said David; “a mighty good one.”
They quickened their steps, for big drops of rain were beginning to
fall. They turned in at the Hapgood farmhouse and stopped long enough
for a word with Sandy’s mother. Tom swung the basket of provisions on
his arm.
“Don’t you think you’d better wait a short spell,” said Mrs. Hapgood.
“Looks to me as if we were in for a right smart shower.”
They looked at the sky—pierced now with frequent sharp jabs of
lightning.
“It’s not raining hard yet,” said Tuckerman. “How about it, boys?”
“Let’s beat it,” said Tom.
Out in the road again they jogged down to the water, where the _Argo_
was fastened. Casting her adrift, Tom took the tiller.
It was a real summer thunderstorm that had come up quickly—spurts of
rain and banks of black clouds—at the end of the warm day.
But the boys were used to a wetting, and Tom had often sailed through a
heavier downpour than this. David stretched himself out on a seat in
luxurious comfort. “A shower-bath feels good,” he murmured. “All I want
now is a good swim.”
The wind, however, wouldn’t stay in any one quarter; it kept jumping
about as if it were trying to box the compass and succeeding pretty
well. Tom had to keep changing course. The _Argo_ zigzagged about like a
darning-needle flying over a pond. And the thunder kept crashing louder,
and the lightning opening bigger and bigger cracks in the violet-black
of the sky.
“Hello, there’s a canoe!” sang out Ben suddenly.
Ahead of them, an eighth of a mile from shore, a cockleshell craft was
dancing over the waves. There were two people in it, one at either end,
and each was paddling fast.
“Ticklish business,” said Tuckerman. “There’s white water off that
point. See how it jerks about. I say, Tom, couldn’t we get up near
them?”
“Righto,” answered the skipper. “Confound those blooming gusts!”
If the _Argo_ was having her hands full in standing up to the constant
squalls that kept chasing over the water, the canoe was finding the
struggle an even more difficult task. She careened, righted, almost
disappeared in a wave. The _Argo’s_ crew were now all at the rail,
except the skipper, watching the little craft battle her way along.
Then Ben sang out: “Why, it’s Lanky Larry and the Amoussock captain!
Gee, but that water’s rough!”
A lightning flash so vivid that it seemed to daze the crews of both the
boats, was followed by a roll of thunder that shook the sea and the sky.
Next instant the waves leaped up as if in a frenzy of fright. A great
roller caught the canoe and twisted her nose about; another slapped her
amidships; a third—All that the crew of the _Argo_ saw was a swirl of
wild waters where the little craft had been.
Tuckerman muttered something. Tom, with a shout of warning, brought the
_Argo_ about. Now there were to be seen in the water two heads, two
tossing paddles, and the upturned bottom of the canoe.
The point of land was not far distant, and for some reason the boys in
the water were striking out in that direction, possibly because they
thought the sailboat, in such a squall, could not keep her course.
While Tom manoeuvred the _Argo_, the other three watched the swimmers.
Both were making fair headway, the Amoussock captain somewhat in the
lead. Then suddenly Larry threw up his hands and disappeared.
Tom swung the sailboat around, and almost instantly Ben and David, coats
and shoes stripped off, dove into the water. For the moment the sea was
calmer, and the two made the most of their chance. Hand over hand, in
great spurts, they drew closer and closer to the place where Larry had
vanished.
Tom said things to the sail, which would not fill as he wanted.
Tuckerman clutched the rail, his eyes never leaving the swimmers. And at
last—an eternity, it seemed to the watcher—the two boys reached the
spot. A moment later, and in some way they had managed to draw Larry up
between them.
By now the Amoussock captain had turned and was swimming back; and by
now Tom had contrived to make the _Argo_ behave. With a rush she arrived
where the boys were struggling in the waves. Ben clutched at the side;
with his other hand he helped David lift Larry up into Tuckerman’s arms.
Larry was hauled aboard. David and Ben climbed in. The other boy was
pulled up from the water.
The _Argo_, restive, cavorting, commenced to dance again. “Can’t stop to
pick up the canoe,” muttered Tom. “Thank Heaven, Lanky’s all right!”
Larry, very white and shivering, was rubbing the muscles of his legs.
“It was a cramp,” he explained. “Doubled me up in a minute.”
Tuckerman put his coat around Larry’s shoulders. “Never mind, never
mind,” he kept murmuring. “We’ll have you up at my house in a couple of
jiffies.”
And, the wind blowing great guns, but keeping in a fairly steady
direction, the _Argo_ soon reached the island. By that time Larry,
assisted by Tuckerman, had managed to rub the kinks out of his leg
muscles, and was able to hobble ashore.
Cold, and drenched, and all of them shivering more or less, the party
went up to the house. “The kitchen’s the place,” said Tuckerman.
“There’s plenty of firewood there.”
Shortly the logs were blazing on the wide kitchen hearth, and Tuckerman,
finding a tin of coffee in a cupboard, was making a steaming drink. Tom
in the meantime had brought an armful of Christopher Cotterell’s clothes
from a room abovestairs, and the boys who had been in the water put on
dry things.
“Well,” said Larry, when he was warm and dry, and had swallowed
half-a-cupful of Tuckerman’s steaming hot coffee, “I knew this David
fellow was a good sport when I tried to strike him out this afternoon;
though I tell you it made me mad when he stung that ball for a homer.”
“Don’t mention it,” said David. “A fellow’s got to do his duty.”
“You do yours, all right,” nodded Larry. “I guess we’ll have to forgive
him now, won’t we, Bill?”
Bill Crawford, the Amoussock captain, gave his knee a great slap. “We’ll
have to elect him to the club of good scouts, Lanky. And the rest of
this bunch, too.”
“Pass the coffee pot,” said David.
Stretched at his ease in a cane-bottomed kitchen chair, Larry’s eyes
roved around the room. “I thought there wasn’t anybody on this island
this summer,” he said. “That’s the story they tell at the camp.”
“Oh yes, it’s deserted,” said Ben, “except for Professor Tuckerman and
his three able assistants.”
“What is the Professor doing here?” asked Bill Crawford.
There was a momentary silence, broken by Ben’s solemn voice. “He’s busy
polishing up the knocker of the big front door. I don’t know whether you
noticed it when you came in, but there is a beautiful knocker, made of
pure brass. He shines it every day.”
An amused snicker from Bill was followed by Larry’s asking another
question.
“This is the Cotterell house, isn’t it? There’s some old yarn about it,
seems to me I’ve heard.”
“Did you ever hear of an old house that didn’t have some yarn attached
to it?” demanded Tuckerman.
“Change the subject, Lanky,” sang out Bill. “’Tisn’t fair to pry into
the family’s secrets.”
“Right you are.” Larry stretched his arms. “Well, the question before us
is how are we going to get back to camp before they find that canoe, and
us missing?”
Tom went to the kitchen door and looked out. “The storm isn’t over yet,”
he announced. “Couldn’t you lads stay to supper? If you will, I’ll sail
you back afterwards. Likely as not the water’ll be smooth as a mill-pond
in an hour or so.”
“They won’t be looking for you at your camp yet,” said Tuckerman.
“They’ll think you landed somewhere, and are waiting for the squall to
blow over.”
“We’ll stay to supper,” said Bill. “It would be a shame to have you
fellows get wet again on account of us.”
David jumped up. “We’ve got provisions stowed away right here in the
kitchen.” Rolling up his sleeves, he gave directions to his assistant
cooks.
The kitchen of Cotterell Hall had never seen as much activity as it did
in the next half hour, with the result that a sumptuous feast was soon
set out on the table.
They ate as if they hadn’t tasted food for a week, cleaned up, and
trooped out to the front door. The squall was over, a light wind was
blowing—not enough to ruffle the water—and stars were beginning to
shine in a cloudless sky.
The _Argo’s_ sail was raised, and the skipper sent her across the bay to
the place where the canoe had upset. Search soon found the canoe rocking
in the surf on a sandy beach of the mainland. She was righted and her
painter fastened to a cleat at the stern of the sailboat, and the _Argo_
took a course alongshore. Presently, rounding a point, the crew saw a
bonfire at Camp Amoussock lighting a stretch of woods.
They all went ashore, and found the Camp just about to start out on a
search for the missing boys. The visitors had to stay a while and be
entertained by their hosts, and it was not until the moon was high in
the sky that the _Argo_ again pushed her nose across the water, a
southernly breeze filling her sail.
As they came abreast of the western end of their island another
sailboat, looking like a great white moth in the moonlight, went
scudding away over the silver sea.
“Hello,” said Ben, “what is she doing here? Poaching on our preserves,
it seems to me.”
“The harbor’s free to everyone,” said David. “I don’t suppose even
Crusty Christopher objected to people sailing boats on the water, if
they didn’t try to land on his shore.”
“Lanky knew there was some old yarn about the Cotterell house,” Ben
continued, paying no attention to David’s remark. “And if he knew, why
shouldn’t others?”
“Well,” said Tom, “what’s the answer?”
“The answer is that we’re likely to have callers. Not the kind that
leave their visiting-cards, but the sort that snoop around when nobody’s
home.”
“Thieves?” questioned David.
“No,” said Ben, “I didn’t mean thieves exactly. Detectives come nearer
to what I meant.”
Tuckerman chuckled. “Benjamin, you’re a wonder! You never let go of an
idea once you get your teeth in it, do you? I’d forgotten all about the
treasure. I was studying the stars, and Dave was thinking about
baseball, and Tom about the course he’s steering; but you—why, you were
puzzling your wits about Sir Peter and the mahogany man, and goodness
knows what else. Keep it up, Ben my boy. That’s the road to success.”
And Ben, thinking of what he had found that morning, grinned but said
nothing. If he could only work out the scheme he had in his mind, he
felt that he would be prouder than if he knocked home runs against the
very best baseball pitchers in the major leagues.
IX—THE CHEST IN THE ROCKS
John Tuckerman was leaning on his arm and looking out at the sparkling,
gleaming blue-green water when Ben Sully woke next day. Ben kept still
and watched him, as he had watched him on several other mornings.
Tuckerman looked so absorbed, so intent. He seemed to be sniffing the
air. And Ben, to whom a summer morning on the New England coast
presented no novelty, appreciated that to this man everything about him
seemed like a part of wonderland.
The only sounds were the lapping of waves and the calling of birds in
the woods back of the camp. A great gray-white gull was soaring far out
over the water, slanting first this way, then that, as though he were
trying his wings before he made a real flight. Nearer shore two white
terns circled round and round, and then dropped straight in the bay,
their sharp beaks darting at fish. The shore of the mainland rose in a
green swell, on which pearl-colored fleecy clouds seemed to be floating,
and the shore of the island itself, above the beach, was a tangle of bay
and juniper and wild roses, all shades of greens and pinks in the early
sun.
Ben saw this through Tuckerman’s eyes, and felt the spell of
enchantment. Then David rolled over, stretched his arms, grunted; and
the spell was broken. A pine-cone, tossed by Ben, landed on David’s
nose. “Hi there, you mosquito!” exclaimed the nose’s owner. He threw the
pine-cone at Tom. “Time to be up, lazybones. Breakfast in half-an-hour,
and those who aren’t down when the bell rings won’t get any!”
“The tub’s mine first!” shouted John Tuckerman, and pulling off his
pajamas he took a few leaps across the grass and raced over the sand to
the water, where he ducked under a wave and bobbed up again, splashing
and yelling.
Ben, then David, then Tom, followed, making more noise between them than
all the wildfowl on the island put together. The water was cold, but
fine for a morning swim, and when, after fifteen minutes, the four came
out on the beach again, they seized the Turkish towels that hung
conveniently on a juniper, and rubbed themselves to a brilliant
lobster-like glow.
“That particular swimming-pool,” said John Tuckerman,—“I refer to the
one commonly called the damp spot, or the ocean,—beats all the
porcelain-lined tubs it has ever been my privilege to bathe in. It’s
true there’s only cold water; but come out into this sun for a few
minutes and you’ll be hot enough. Now it seems to me”—but at that
particular moment he began to pull his flannel shirt over his head, and
when his words again became audible he was saying “shake well, and take
a teaspoonful in a glass of water every morning before breakfast.”
Breakfast! Magic word after a swim in the ocean! The boys jumped into
their clothes and set to work. For the next half-hour the thoughts of
all the campers were centred on food.
But as soon as his plate was cleared Ben began to consider another
matter. He quoted lines to himself, “I took the box to the north
cliff.... I hid it in the pocket in the rocks. There are two veins that
make a mark like a cross.” Very good; that was plain. And as soon as the
after-breakfast chores were done he said, rather self-consciously, “I
know where there’s a pool full of cunners,” and picking up his
fishing-rod and tackle, he hurried into the woods.
He looked back over his shoulder once or twice, but no one was following
him. Through the thickets, dappled with sunshine, he went at a brisk
trot. This brought him out on the north shore, where the high rocks
towered above the beach like a line of battlements. He swung himself
over a cliff and dropped lightly on to the sand. Leaving his fishing-rod
in a convenient place where he could pick it up quickly if anyone came
by, he began his search.
There were crevices in the rocks, and each of these had to be explored.
Bushes and trailing vines, growing from little footholds, covered the
seaward surface of many of the cliffs. But Ben, thrilled with the sense
of exploration, and persevering by nature, stuck to his task, and was
rewarded at last by finding what he sought, two veins of a light yellow
color that made the distinct mark of a cross.
“That’s it!” he muttered, excited. “And, by Jove, there’s the pocket!”
Down on his knees he went, and thrust his head into an opening. He
pushed himself forward by digging his toes in the sand. And soon his
outstretched hand touched a large chest, he felt metal bands about it,
he pushed it, but it was wedged in tight.
Presently he pulled himself out, stood up, and considered the situation.
He had found the box that James Sampson had hid in the rocks. His first
thought was what a tremendously strong man Sampson must have been to
carry such a chest all the way from Cotterell Hall to this north shore.
However, Sampson might not have carried it; he might have brought it in
a cart or by some other means. And his next thought was, how could
Benjamin Sully get that chest out of the pocket.
That took a good deal of thinking, and he sat down and considered it
from various angles.
Into his brown study two voices from somewhere back of him made
interruption abruptly.
“He’s fishing for cunners on the dry sand! First time I ever saw that
done. He just coaxes ’em out of the water.”
“Keep quiet! He’s counting the grains of sand. He’s got up into the
millions.”
“He’s thinking up a way to hypnotize the fish. Stare at them hard
enough, and they’ll swim right up on the beach.”
“He’s copying King Canute. Telling the waves to go back.”
“He’s working out a time-table for the tides.”
Ben turned his head. “As a matter of fact, the thing I’m thinking about
is a thousand times more interesting than anything you’ve guessed.”
The two voices were those of David and Tom.
“I’ve always said,” observed David, “that you can’t catch our Benjie
napping. He seems to be sitting there like a bump on a log, but he’s
really thinking of the most remarkable things.”
“I shouldn’t wonder,” nodded Tom, “if it was something utterly
prodigious—like why the water’s wet or fish have scales.”
“No,” said Ben pleasantly, “I was wondering how I could get Peter
Cotterell’s treasure chest out of the place where his servant James
Sampson hid it. It’s rather too heavy for me to handle by myself.”
The other two stared. “Benjie oughtn’t to have come out here without a
cork helmet,” said David. “I suppose he’s got a sunstroke.”
[Illustration: “Sampson put the chest there,” he concluded.]
“What are you driving at?” asked Tom. “Have you really found the
treasure, Ben?”
Ben pointed negligently toward the cleft in the rock. “There,” he
answered. “See that yellow cross? That marks where he hid the chest.”
“You’re dreaming!” David snorted.
“How do you know?” questioned Tom.
Ben took from his pocket the piece of paper that bore James Sampson’s
message. He read it aloud, slowly, giving each word full weight.
“Sampson put the chest there,” he concluded. “And there it is now. I
crawled in and found it.”
Even David was impressed by that. He got down on his knees and poked
into the cavern, and when he stood up he nodded solemnly.
“There is something in there,” he said. “I shouldn’t wonder if Ben might
be right.”
“Well,” said Tom, “there’s a rope in the sailboat. We left her around
the point.” He hurried away.
In a few minutes he was back, with a coil of good-sized rope.
Taking an end of this, Ben again crawled into the opening and made the
rope tight about the chest. Then the three boys took hold of the other
end of the rope and began to pull. The sand was not very secure footing
and the chest was heavy, but gradually they pulled it out. They
discovered it was a box made of hard wood, with iron fastenings.
“Well,” declared Tom, “if James Sampson carried that all the way here by
himself, all I’ve got to say is that he deserves his name.”
“These mahogany men,” added David, “supposing that the fellow who
carried this chest was a mahogany man—must belong to a race of giants.
I wonder if it was a mahogany man who made those footprints on the edge
of the creek?”
Ben had picked up a flat stone, shaped something like a large Indian
arrowhead, and another round stone; and inserting the first stone under
the lid of the chest, he struck it several blows with the other.
Tom watched him a moment. “You can’t pry it open that way,” he asserted.
Looking along the beach, he selected a big, egg-shaped stone and brought
it back to the chest. Lifting it in both hands, he dropped it on the
iron band just above the lock. The iron snapped apart. The stone bounced
off on the sand.
David and Ben seized the lid. With a creaking of hinges it was lifted.
There before them was a light blue coat, gold-braided, a three-cornered
hat of felt, a sword in a tarnished scabbard.
“My eye!” exclaimed Tom. “Just clothes! Why in the world did he want to
hide such things?”
Ben was flinging them aside. Underneath were other garments, several
suits of the style worn by gentlemen in Revolutionary days, and then the
oddest collection of bric-a-brac, candlesticks, pewter pitchers, a
silver snuff-box, a couple of lacquered platters, and even some china
plates.
David started to laugh. “Well, if that’s the Cotterell treasure, I can’t
give it much! I don’t see why the Barmouth people wanted to lay hands on
it, or why Sir Peter and his precious James Sampson were so eager to get
away with it. Why, it’s regular junk-shop stuff. I don’t suppose the
whole collection, if they’d sold it at auction, would have fetched
enough to feed a soldier a week.”
Ben looked very much crestfallen. He fingered the suits, the snuff-box,
the platters. “No,” he said, “it does seem mighty queer. And to think
that Sampson brought these things over here, intending to take them away
in a boat! I don’t understand it at all.”
“Never mind, Benjie.” Tom slapped his friend on the shoulder. “You found
the chest anyway.”
“That’s right. You did,” said David. “You worked out the puzzle. It
isn’t your fault if the treasure was just old junk.”
Ben was scratching his head. “But surely Sir Peter did have some
valuable plate,” he argued. “The people of Barmouth knew that. Then what
did he do with it?”
“Maybe he melted it down himself,” said David. “Anyhow it isn’t in that
chest.”
“That’s so.” Ben picked up the snuff-box and stuck it in his pocket.
“Where’s the Professor?”
“He went up to the house. Said he was going to write a letter,” Tom
answered. “I’ll tell you what we’ll do, old sport. I’ll take you out in
the _Argo_ and let you have some fishing.”
The chest was shut again and pushed back into the pocket. Ben regained
his fishing-rod and tackle, and the three embarked in the sailboat. And
presently the satisfaction of pulling flounders on board made Ben forget
everything else.
When they returned to camp, with a fine catch of fish, they found John
Tuckerman busy preparing dinner. Ben told his story, while Tuckerman
listened with the greatest interest. “It does seem odd,” he said, when
Ben had finished. “Most peculiar, in fact.” He mused a moment, his eyes
regarding the water. “But then my good old ancestor Sir Peter was an odd
kind of fish. I wonder now—do you suppose he could possibly have been
planning to have a joke at the expense of his Barmouth neighbors?”
“You mean,” said Tom, “that he might have hid those things expecting the
neighbors to find them?”
Tuckerman nodded. “It might have been so. Perhaps he, or James Sampson,
even expected the men in the boat that was waiting off shore to find
where Sampson hid the chest.”
“But why all this puzzle then about the pieces of parchment Ben found in
the house?” asked David.
“Well, I’ll admit,” said Tuckerman with a smile, “that it’s not as clear
as a pikestaff. Only Sir Peter does seem to have liked his joke.
However, the bacon’s sizzling.” Brandishing a fork in his hand, he bent
over the frying pan.
That afternoon Tuckerman said that he had an important letter to mail,
and the campers sailed to Barmouth. Tuckerman went to the post-office,
and each of the boys dropped in on his family. Ben had a chat with his
mother, then told her he must do an errand. This took him into a side
street, where there were a number of small, unpretentious shops.
He stopped before a window that was filled with old furniture, andirons,
odds and ends of china. He opened the door, and a little bell tinkled
somewhere back in the house, and after a moment a small, wizened-faced
man, wearing a big blue checked apron, came into the room.
“Afternoon, Mr. Haskins,” said Ben.
“It’s Ben Sully, ain’t it?” said the proprietor. “Well, are you goin’ to
get married, an’ want a nice set of furniture to go to housekeepin’
with?”
“Not to-day, Mr. Haskins.” Ben acknowledged the joke with a grin. “No,
sir, I’m more interested just as present in what you call antiques.”
“Antiques, eh? Well, what was you thinkin’ of wantin’? I’ve some nice
three-legged kettles, a soup tureen that came over in the _Mayflower_,
an ivory back-scratcher that hails from India. Just look about, an’ tell
me what you want.”
“I want you to tell me something about this.” Ben put his hand in his
pocket and drew out the snuffbox he had taken from the Cotterell chest.
“This?” Mr. Haskins took the snuff-box, pulled his spectacles down from
his forehead on to his nose, walked nearer the window, and peered at the
small silver box.
“What do you want me to tell you?” he asked after a moment.
“Is it a real old one?”
“Certainly it is. See that monogram? That’s the finest embossed work.”
Mr. Haskins gave a chuckle. “I ought to know about that box, I ought.”
“Why ought you?” asked Ben.
“Well, you see, this here particular snuff-box has been in my shop some
time. I sold it to a customer just about a week ago.”
“I thought perhaps you had,” said Ben, trying hard not to show his
excitement.
X—LIGHTS ON THE ISLAND
The information that Ben obtained that afternoon from Mr. Haskins
concerning his sale of the snuff-box gave a new direction to his
thoughts. He could not follow up this new clue just yet, however,
without telling the others, and this he didn’t want to do. They would be
waiting for him aboard the _Argo_, and so, after a fifteen-minute talk
with the shopkeeper, he hurried away to join them at the wharf.
One other thing he did, however, before the sailboat left Barmouth, and
that was to get a canoe he owned out from a shed on the waterfront and
fasten it behind the _Argo_. If he had the _Red Rover_ with him—he had
laboriously painted that name in orange letters on a scarlet background
on the canoe—he would be able to come and go about the harbor as he
wished and to leave the island without explaining his plans, as he would
have to do if he wanted to take the sailboat.
“What’s the idea?” asked David, who never overlooked a chance to ask a
question. “Are you going to teach the Professor how to paddle a canoe?”
Ben nodded. “I thought that ought to be part of his education. The _Red
Rover’s_ steady enough for any beginner to paddle.”
Tuckerman looked askance at the little craft bobbing up and down in the
wake of the _Argo_. “Any canoe’s unsteady enough for me to upset in, I
guess. However, I like Ben’s idea. It was thoughtful of you, my lad.”
At that they all laughed, for whatever Ben’s reason had been for wanting
the canoe at the island it was fairly obvious that he was not taking it
there to further John Tuckerman’s seafaring education.
That evening, however, Tuckerman reminded Ben of his suggestion. The
water was calm, the breeze was light. “How about a paddle?” he asked.
“Just along the shore? I promise not to rock the boat.”
“Righto,” said Ben. “Come on.”
They went to the landing-stage at the pier and put the canoe in the
water. Ben got in at the stern and balanced the boat while Tuckerman
gingerly stepped in and squatted down at the bow.
“Not much room for long legs,” said Tuckerman. “I’ll have to tie mine up
in a bow.”
“You’ll get used to it soon,” encouraged Ben. “I’ll do the steering. All
you have to do is to put your paddle in, give a long, slow push, and
take it out again.”
“Sounds easy enough.” Tuckerman tried to shift the position of his
knees, with the result that the canoe rolled over almost far enough to
ship a gallon of water. He threw his weight the other way, and the canoe
nearly capsized.
“Plague take it!” he muttered. “It’s worse than walking a tight-rope!”
“Easy there, easy,” laughed Ben. “First rule in a canoe is never to move
quickly. When you shift your weight, do it slowly. Pretty soon it’ll
come as natural as riding a bicycle.”
“Riding a balky horse, you mean,” said Tuckerman. “All right; I’ll
remember.” He dipped the tip of his paddle into the water and gave a
tiny shove.
Ben gave a long sweep with his paddle, a dexterous twist at the end of
the stroke, and the _Red Rover_ floated smoothly away from the
landing-stage.
With Ben’s coaching, Tuckerman soon was able to paddle fairly well. He
found it somewhat difficult to keep the bow evenly balanced, but as Ben
anticipated his movements and shifted automatically from side to side,
Tuckerman gained confidence and soon was sitting steady.
They paddled along shore, past the camp and on to the upper end of the
island. Tuckerman, feeling more and more at ease, was delighted with the
motion, with the gentle swish of the water, with the still, starlit
night, with the panorama of beach and cliffs and woods as they floated
by.
“Let’s go on around the island,” he suggested. “This isn’t real work at
all.”
Ben smiled to himself. He knew that Tuckerman would discover next
morning several muscles in his back and shoulders that he wasn’t
accustomed to feeling. But the night was perfect for a paddle. “All
right,” he agreed. “No, don’t you try to do any steering. The man in the
stern does that.” With a couple of twists he turned the bow to the
north. “There,” he said, “there’s the cliff where Sampson hid the chest
in the pocket.”
Tuckerman turned to look. The _Red Rover_ wobbled, slanted.
Ben shifted and righted her quickly. “Hi there!” he warned.
“My mistake,” said the penitent Tuckerman. “I see that it won’t do for
me to think of two things at once when I’m out on this lily-pad.”
“Paddle—quickly now,” Ben ordered. “But not too quickly. There’s a rip
off that ledge.”
They passed the rip and came into smoother water. Presently they were on
the ocean side of the island. “There’s the creek where we saw the
footprints,” said Ben.
“Don’t point out anything else to me,” said Tuckerman. “If I move my
left leg I can’t get it back in place.”
By the time they reached the southern end of the island the bow-paddler
felt as if the muscles of his knees were tied in hard knots. “Do you
mind,” he said in a tone of apology, “if I stop paddling for a couple of
minutes and unwind myself? I’ll move very slowly.”
“Go ahead,” said Ben. “I’ll balance the canoe.”
Tuckerman pushed himself back, then very carefully unwound his long
legs, stretched them out with an exclamation of relief, rubbed the
muscles, and then readjusted himself in a new and more comfortable
position. “I suppose to be a really proficient canoeist,” he observed,
“one ought to be made of rubber. There—how’s that? Didn’t I do it
cleverly?”
“Wonderful!” said Ben.
Tuckerman picked up his paddle again, and, proud of his ability to move
without rocking the boat, stuck the paddle in the water and gave a
mighty sweep. The bow swung around, rocked, tilted; Tuckerman pressed
his arm hard on the left-hand gunwale.
“Hold on, Professor!” cried Ben. “We don’t want to head out into the
ocean. Keep your paddle out of the water. Steady there!” With alternate
strokes to right and left Ben soon had the canoe back on its course
parallel to the shore.
“I _am_ a duffer,” muttered Tuckerman contritely.
“Oh no, you’re not,” said Ben. “You’re doing very well. Only you must
remember to let the stern man do the steering. A little more practice
and you’ll find the _Red Rover_ as easy to manage as falling off a log.”
“Falling off a log is good,” was Tuckerman’s comment. “Falling into the
water would be more like it.”
They rounded the lower end of the island and came back on the bay side.
They had almost reached the landing-stage when Ben said, “See, there’s a
light at Cotterell Hall. It’s in the front door. It looks like a pocket
flashlight. I suppose Tom and David went up there to get something.”
Cautiously Tuckerman looked in the direction of the house. There was a
small circle of light. It moved away from the door; after a minute it
shone through a window.
“I thought I locked the doors,” he said. “However, they may have climbed
in through a window.”
The light disappeared. The canoe floated smoothly up to the stage, and
Ben held it level while Tuckerman climbed out. Ben jumped up lightly.
Then they both pulled the _Red Rover_ out and turned it bottom side up.
They went up the walk to the house. The front door was shut, and when
Tuckerman turned the knob he found that the door was locked. He opened
it with his own key, and the two went in. The hall and the rooms were
dark, there was no sound of voices or footsteps anywhere.
“That’s funny,” said Tuckerman. “We didn’t see Tom and David come down
the path. Maybe they went out the back way.”
But the kitchen door was locked, and when the two opened it and looked
out there was no sign of the others leaving in that direction.
“I wonder what they’ve been up to?” said Ben. “Playing some joke
perhaps.”
They returned to the camp, and there were Tom and David, toasting
marshmallows on long sticks over a bed of hot coals.
“We were betting ten to one,” said David, “that you’d come back nice and
wet. Want to dry your clothes at the fire?”
“No, thanks,” answered Tuckerman. “We’ve been all round the island, and
we didn’t ship a thimbleful of water.”
Tom glanced at Ben. “The Professor hasn’t been fooling us, has he? He
didn’t know all about handling a canoe, did he?”
“No,” said Ben with a smile. “He didn’t know all about handling a canoe
when we started. But he knows almost everything about it now.” Then, as
he sat down cross-legged on the grass, Ben said carelessly, “We saw your
light in the house. I suppose you climbed in through a window.”
“Saw our light in the house?” Tom echoed. “What are you giving us?”
His tone was perfectly sincere. Ben saw that he wasn’t joking.
“Well, we certainly saw some light,” Tuckerman stated. “It looked like a
pocket flashlight, at the front door and at one of the windows.”
“Not guilty,” said David. “Are you sure it wasn’t a firefly?”
“You two have been right here ever since we left?” asked Ben.
“Yes,” answered the two in chorus.
“And you haven’t seen anyone land, or heard anyone?” Ben continued.
“No,” came the chorus.
Ben looked at Tuckerman. “Well, someone was in the house. How about
that, Professor?”
“Somebody was. But I can’t imagine what they could have been doing. I
don’t suppose they were thieves.”
“It’s my opinion,” said David sagely, “that they were hunting for the
famous Cotterell treasure. And now that you’ve found it, Benjie, I’d
suggest that you put up a big placard, stating ‘The treasure has been
found. No seekers need apply.’”
“Very good,” said Ben. “Only the real treasure hasn’t been found, you
see.”
“What!” exclaimed David.
“No,” said Ben, “that’s my humble opinion.” And then, as if he wanted to
change the subject, he added, “I’m going to toast one large, juicy
marshmallow, and then I’m going to turn in.”
Half-an-hour later the moon, riding up in the sky, looked down through
the branches and saw that the four campers were sound asleep. There was
the lap-lap of waves, the gentle purring noise as the water washed over
pebbles, and in the tops of the pines a soft lullaby of the breeze.
Tom stirred, turned, opened his eyes. It seemed to him that something
had waked him. He looked about; there was only the familiar scene. He
gave a satisfied grunt and curled his head in the hollow of his arm.
Then he looked around again to make sure that they had put out all the
embers of the fire. And at some distance through the woods, in the
direction of the pier, he saw a light that moved.
Immediately he remembered what Ben and Tuckerman had said about seeing a
light in the house. Noiselessly he got up, pulled on his shoes and stuck
his arms in his jacket. Through the woods he stole, stealthy as an
Indian. The light had disappeared, but he thought he heard the sound of
feet on the planks of the pier.
He came to the trees nearest to the clearing about Cotterell Hall. The
house was dark; there was no sound or light in the neighborhood. But he
was convinced that there had been someone there, and presently he darted
forward and crossed the open space to the shelter of the porch.
After a few minutes he stole to the corner of the house, and now his
search was rewarded. Someone was leaving by the kitchen door. In the
moonlight he counted three figures. They were heading away from the
shore, toward the grove at the back; he guessed that they intended to
take the path that led down to the creek.
Tom followed them at a distance. They went through the woods, and now he
saw the moonlight on the water. They had reached the head of the creek,
but they didn’t stop there. They went on along the bank to the higher
shore where the creek flowed into the ocean. Then for the first time Tom
noticed the silver tip of a sail. Lying flat behind a bush, he watched
the three men go to the rim of the shore, and, one after another, slide
over the edge where the boat waited.
He wanted to see that boat, to get a closer view of the men; but there
were no bushes between him and the shore. Now the tip of the sail was
bobbing, now it was filling out; presently it was moving to the
southward, a white wing, still as a floating gull.
He crept forward and watched. The boat was stealing away, soon she was
only a dancing speck of white in the glittering moonpath. He had no way
of identifying her or of making out her crew. He noted that she did not
turn or tack when she came to the lower end of the island, but held on
to a course that would bring her south along the main shore.
Tom stood up and eased his feelings by a long whistle. “What were they
doing here? It must be something mighty important,” he said aloud.
No answer occurred to him, and after watching the sail until it
disappeared in the distance he turned and walked back to the house.
He tried both the doors; they were locked. He looked at the lower
windows; they were all closed. He went down to the pier; the _Argo_ was
there and the _Red Rover_; there was nothing to tell him what these
night-time prowlers had been doing.
He went back by the beach to the camp. As he stepped up on to the bank
Ben opened his eyes and sat up. “Hello,” he said sleepily. “Why, Tom,
what are you doing?”
“Sh-ssh,” murmured Tom.
Ben rubbed his eyes, crawled out of his bed, caught Tom’s arm, and
pulled him down to the beach. “What were you doing?” he demanded in an
insistent whisper.
“Well, I saw a light, and I went to find out what it was.”
“Yes? And you saw them, did you?”
“Saw whom, Benjie?”
“Saw the pirates, did you?”
“The pirates! You’re half-asleep. What are you talking about?”
Ben nodded his head. “Oh, I know something about them.”
“Well, I saw three men. They went away in a sailboat.”
“Who were they? What did they look like?”
“I don’t know. I didn’t get very close.”
“I wish you’d taken me along with you. I’ll bet I’d have found out
something.”
That nettled Tom, and he answered more loudly, “Oh, you would, would
you? I thought you knew all about them.”
“Sh-ssh,” muttered Ben. But David had wakened now, and his voice boomed
out, “What are you two lobsters quarreling over?”
“Nothing,” said Tom. “Keep quiet, or you’ll wake the Professor.”
Tuckerman sat up. “You don’t mean to say it’s morning!” he exclaimed.
“No, it’s not,” Tom answered. “Can’t a fellow take a stroll in the
moonlight without rousing the whole town?”
“Stroll in the moonlight!” chuckled David.
“Go on with your beauty sleep, Professor. That’s what I’m going to do.
Let the two lobsters fight it out.”
“All right,” said the sleepy Tuckerman, nestling down again.
Tom turned to Ben. “So you know something about these pirates, do you?”
he asked. “What were they doing here?”
“That,” said Ben, “is going to take some thinking. You see what you can
find out, and I’ll see what I can. They won’t be back here to-night. And
I’m too doggone sleepy to argue anyhow.”
XI—THE MAN IN GREEN
Ben, having explained to the other three campers that he had important
business to attend to in Barmouth, set out in the _Red Rover_ directly
after breakfast the next morning. He paddled the canoe across the bay,
landed at the town wharf, and went up the main street to Barmouth’s one
good hotel. He knew the clerk, Mr. Pollock, and after saying “Good
morning” very politely, he helped himself to a small folded automobile
map from a pile that lay on the counter for anyone to take.
“Going motoring, Ben?” asked the clerk. “Seems to me I heard you were
camping on Cotterell’s Island. How are things over there?”
“Fine,” said Ben; and in return he promptly asked a question. “Had many
automobile parties for dinner the past few days?”
“Quite a lot. Yes, business is pretty good. They like our special
broiled lobster dinners.”
Ben leaned on the counter, copying the familiar manner he had noted in
hotel guests. “You had a party on Tuesday, didn’t you? A big red car,
with a Massachusetts license, driven by a man in green-checked
knickerbockers?”
“Expect me to remember that?” Nevertheless, Mr. Pollock scratched his
chin and considered the question. “Yes, seems to me I do recall such a
party. Somebody said those knickerbockers were loud enough to be heard
all the way to Boston.” The clerk thumbed the pages of the hotel
register and presently pointed out a name. “That’s the fellow, Joseph
Hastings. He comes from Cleveland, Ohio. There were four in his party.”
“And he came in a big red car, with a silver eagle on the radiator cap?”
Ben persisted.
“Well, now, I can’t say as to that.” But Mr. Pollock, being a
good-natured man and having nothing else to do at the moment, scratched
his chin again, and again considered. “I do think of something. He told
me he’d punctured a tire and asked me the best place to go to buy a new
one.”
Ben nodded. “I suppose you told him Hammond’s?”
“You’re right. I did. Frank Hammond is a good friend of mine.”
Then Ben changed the conversation to the subject of the big league
pennant race, in which the clerk was very much interested, and after
some further chat, departed from the hotel.
Frank Hammond knew Ben also, and was not too busy that morning to
exchange a few words with him. After a number of questions about the
state of the roads in the neighborhood of Barmouth, Ben said, “Mr.
Pollock tells me you sold a tire to Joseph Hastings, of Cleveland, Ohio,
Tuesday of this week.”
“That’s so,” said Mr. Hammond, “I did. I sold him a couple of those big
Vulcan tires for his rear wheels. Is he a friend of yours?”
“I don’t know him very well,” Ben evaded. “But I hear he’s a fine
fellow. Is he touring along the coast?”
“No. He said he was staying at a place called the Gables, down on the
Cape Ann Road. Wonderful car he’s got. He told me he’d had it built
according to his own ideas.”
“Big red car, with a silver eagle on the radiator cap?”
“That’s the bird. Yes, sir, he must be a millionaire.”
When he left the dealer in automobile supplies Ben went to his uncle’s
house and secured the loan of a small, ramshackle car he had often
driven before. He made sure that the car had plenty of gasoline and oil,
that the radiator was full of water, and he took a look at the tires.
Then he drove south from Barmouth over the State Road.
It was a fine day, and many cars were out. Ben kept a watchful eye for
such a car as that of Joseph Hastings, but none answering the
description passed him. So he jogged along until he came to the fork of
the Cape Ann Road and turned into it. There were fewer automobiles here,
the road was not made for speeding, the little car bounced about a good
deal going over ruts, and rattled like a load of tinware.
He met a boy on a bicycle and asked him if he knew a place called the
Gables.
“Down the road a couple of miles,” the boy told him. “Big house with a
ship for a weather-vane.”
Ben thanked him and drove on. Pretty soon he saw the weather-vane on a
roof to the left of the road.
The Gables had a wide lawn, stretching down to a stone wall. The
entrance to the drive was at the southern end, and the gateposts were
flanked with larches. Ben drove to the gate, and stopped. So far his
plan had been simple; now he was undecided what course to follow next.
He was musing over this when a voice hailed him.
“Give you greetings, sir. May I ask what you’re pondering over?”
The words were so peculiar that Ben looked around in surprise. A young
man had stepped out from among the trees and was nodding at him.
“Why—good-morning,” said Ben.
“Has your car run out of juice?”
The man came up, a broad smile on his face. He himself looked very much
like any sunburned fellow; but his costume was most peculiar. He wore a
tight-fitting jacket of green, open at the throat, without any necktie.
His knee-breeches were green, too, and so were his stockings, and on his
low brown shoes were large brass buckles.
“No,” said Ben, with an answering smile, for there was a twinkle in the
stranger’s eye as if he knew some joke, “I’ve gasoline enough to run
this car all day. I’ll admit it isn’t the very latest model—not what
you’d call a show car—but we do get wonderful mileage per gallon of
gas.”
“Don’t make any apologies for your equipage,” said the gentleman in
green. “Many a valiant knight has ridden on a steed that wouldn’t have
taken the blue ribbon at the horse show. Don Quixote, for example. You
remember him, of course? The Spanish cavalier who rode forth to tilt at
windmills?”
“Yes,” said Ben with a laugh. And then, seeing that the man was
friendly, he added, “That’s a wonderful suit of clothes you’re wearing.”
“You like it?” The owner looked down at his costume. “I designed it
myself. It seems to me an improvement on the usual thing. And now, kind
sir, since you tell me that your steed has plenty of fodder, may I ask
how you happen to be sitting here on such a fine day?”
“This place is called the Gables, isn’t it?” asked Ben. “Mr. Joseph
Hastings lives here?”
“Right you are,” answered the man. “But Mr. Hastings isn’t at home this
morning. Did you have business with him?”
“In a way. I wanted to find out if he’d lost a silver snuff-box.”
“A snuff-box? That’s interesting. But I don’t think Joseph Hastings
takes snuff.”
Ben drew the box from his pocket. The man in green looked at it. “Now
where did you find this?” he asked.
“On an island in Barmouth Harbor,” said Ben. “Cotterell’s Island, it’s
called.”
“Well!” exclaimed the man. “Well, well—you don’t say so!” He looked at
the boy in the car with a new interest. “So that’s where you come from,
is it?” He returned the snuff-box. “May I be so inquisitive as to ask
your name?”
“Benjamin Sully.”
“Thank you. My own appellation is Roderick Fitzhugh. If you have no
objection, Mr. Sully, I should greatly enjoy the pleasure of riding with
you.”
Ben didn’t know what to say; and Mr. Fitzhugh evidently took his silence
for consent, for he immediately hopped into the seat beside the driver.
“That’s all right,” said Ben; “but you see I wasn’t thinking of riding
anywhere. I came to find out whether Mr. Hastings had lost a snuff-box
on Cotterell’s Island.”
“Just so. But you can’t find that out, as he’s not at home at present.
And meantime I suggest that we go on a little adventure. A fine day, a
steed with plenty of gasoline, and two gentlemen looking for amusement.”
Ben was mystified. “What sort of adventure?” he asked.
“Well, what would you say to hunting for hooked-rugs?”
“Hooked-rugs?” Ben laughed; he was now so much amused at Roderick
Fitzhugh’s company that he wanted to see more of him. “Do they grow on
bushes?”
“No. They grow in these thrifty Yankee cottages. I’ll tell you where to
go.”
Ben started the engine and drove on. At his companion’s direction he
soon turned into a by-road that led westward.
Roderick Fitzhugh nodded toward a cottage, in the yard of which a woman
was scattering grain to a flock of chickens. “There is a likely-looking
hunting-ground,” he said. “Please stop when you come to the gate. I will
exchange a few words with this respectable lady.”
The car stopped, making its customary noise of clattering tinware as Ben
put on the brake. The woman looked round, and in the usual neighborly
fashion of farmers walked over to the gate.
“Morning,” she said.
“Good morning to you, Madam,” responded Roderick Fitzhugh. “You have a
fine flock of hens.”
“Yes,” she said, looking at the man in the green clothes as if she
didn’t know exactly what to make of him.
“My friend and I,” continued Fitzhugh, “were just discussing the subject
of hooked-rugs. As soon as I saw you I said, ‘There’s a woman who knows
all about them.’” His tone was so deferential that anyone would have
been pleased to be addressed in such a manner.
The woman smiled. “Well, now, I don’t know as how I know all about them;
but I do have a few old rugs. Been in the family some time.”
“You see!” exclaimed Fitzhugh, turning to Ben. And to the woman he
added, “Would it be possible for my friend and me to have a look at
them?”
“Surely it would. But they’re not the new shiny kind you can buy at the
stores in the city.”
Fitzhugh and Ben descended and followed the woman indoors. Presently
they were viewing half-a-dozen antique rugs, all of the hooked variety,
that the woman collected from the upstairs rooms.
Ben looked on with interest and amusement while his new friend discussed
the rugs with their owner. And after listening to Fitzhugh’s admiration
for these things that she evidently regarded as rather faded and only
fit for service in bedrooms and attic, the woman said, “I’d be pleased
to have you take one, if you care to.”
“Oh, madam, you are too generous,” Fitzhugh answered. “And yet I should
like to have one. That medium-sized one, with the purple border. I’d be
glad to pay five dollars for it.”
“Why, it’s not worth that much.”
“It is to me,” said Fitzhugh, and he brought out a five-dollar bill from
his trouser pocket and laid it on the table.
With the rug they returned to the car. As they drove on again Fitzhugh
said, “They used to tell me, when I was a small boy, that you could take
one egg from a nest, and if there were several others left the mother
bird wouldn’t know the difference. I don’t know whether that’s so. But
I’m certain this good woman won’t miss that rug very much. So my
conscience is easy, though I got that prize at a bargain. Now, Mr.
Benjamin Sully, what do you say? Isn’t hunting for hooked-rugs
exciting?”
It was fun to hunt them with this amusing companion. Fitzhugh collected
three more at three other houses, paying five dollars for each. At the
third house the farmer and his wife and children were just sitting down
to dinner and the strangers were invited to join them. They had an
excellent meal, during which the man in green did almost all the
talking, and when they returned to the car and started on again he
rubbed his hands gleefully and said, “Mr. Benjamin Sully, it isn’t so
hard to find adventures if you look for them, is it?”
“Well,” Ben answered, “this is all very well; but I set out this morning
to see Mr. Hastings and learn if he’d lost a snuff-box.”
“That’s so, you did. Joseph Hastings—a silver snuff-box—found on
Cotterell’s Island. What makes you think that the snuff-box you found
there belonged to Joseph Hastings?”
Ben considered how much to tell this Roderick Fitzhugh, and finally
decided to supply him with more facts. “The snuff-box was bought by Mr.
Hastings at a shop in Barmouth, and I found it yesterday in a chest
hidden in a crevice in the rocks on the island. Why did he put it
there?”
The man in green beamed with delight. “In a treasure chest? Why, that’s
splendid!” He looked at Ben with new approval in his eyes. “So you’re
mixed up in a real adventure, are you? Treasure hidden in the rocks—on
an island! Why, that’s magnificent! No wonder you didn’t get excited
over my tame hooked-rugs. Turn the car about, and drive back to the
Gables. We must investigate this.”
Half-an-hour later the little car turned in between the gate-posts at
the Gables. It clattered up the drive to the front of the house. On the
wide porch were at least a dozen people, men and women; and when they
saw the occupants of the car they gave a shout of welcome.
“Hello, here’s the lad in green!”
“We thought you’d been kidnapped!”
“Where’d you find the jitney?”
“Hope you’ve had some lunch!”
“We thought you’d been arrested as a suspicious character in those
clothes!”
These were some of the exclamations.
The man got out of the car and threw his bundle of rugs on the steps of
the porch. “My good friends,” he said, “Roderick Fitzhugh has been
adventuring, and there’s his booty. Four beautiful hooked-rugs to add to
the collection. And this is Mr. Benjamin Sully. Ladies and gentlemen,
Mr. Sully has found a silver snuff-box belonging to Joseph Hastings in a
treasure chest on Cotterel’s Island. What do you think of that?”
There was another chorus of exclamations, expressive of great surprise.
“Mr. Sully,” the man in green continued, “if you’ll get down from your
steed we will partake of a long glass of lemonade—two glasses to be
exact.”
Ben climbed down and went up the steps. And then he noticed that all the
people on the porch were dressed in quaint costumes, as milkmaids or
archers or foresters. He looked at Fitzhugh, and the latter nodded.
“Queer crowd, aren’t they?” said Fitzhugh. “However, they won’t bite.”
XII—THE ADVENTURE AT THE COVE
That same morning, while Ben had been hunting for the owner of the red
automobile with the silver eagle on the radiator cap, Tom and David and
John Tuckerman had sailed down to Camp Amoussock in the _Argo_. They
found the boys at the camp in their bathing-suits, practicing for some
water-sports that were to be held that week. A raft, with a
spring-board, was moored off shore, and from this boys were diving and
turning somersaults, backward and forward, like acrobats in a circus.
Other boys were swimming, practising for races, and still others were
paddling round in tubs, trying to steer with their feet while they
propelled the tubs forward by splashing the water with their hands.
“There,” said John Tuckerman, as he saw a fat youngster revolving round
and round in a tub, “that’s the game for me. I believe, with my long
arms and legs, that I’d make a hit at it.”
The fat boy splashed too hard, and the tub went over neatly. There was a
shout of laughter as the boy bobbed up in the water and tried to turn
the slippery tub rightside up again. This was hard work; the tub went
round and round, continually evading his fingers; and finally he swam to
shore, pushing the tub before him.
“No,” said Tuckerman, “that isn’t the game for me. I used to be pretty
good at picking up a pea in a tablespoon, but that was on dry land. When
it comes to wrestling with a tub in the water—” He gave an expressive
shrug—“I’d rather let the fishes do it.”
The _Argo_ landed, and the three guests were provided with bathing-suits
from the camp’s supply. For half-an-hour they swam and dived and perched
on the raft, watching the boys in tubs. Then a bugle sounded on shore,
telling them it was time to get ready for dinner.
The guests did full justice to dinner, sitting between Mr. Perkins, the
Chief Counsellor, and Lanky Larry. Afterwards Mr. Perkins and John
Tuckerman had a chat, while Lanky invited Tom and David to take a walk
along the shore.
“There’s a queer sort of place a couple of miles to the south,” said
Lanky. “It’s a cove with a lot of shanties. Fishermen used to go there;
there are boats and nets lying around; but I think it must be deserted.
I saw some men there one day last week, but they didn’t look like
fishermen.”
“Lead us to it,” said David. “Deserted villages are right in our line.”
The path along the shore brought them to the cove. A little tidal river
ran inland, wandering up into marshes. On each side of the river was a
stony beach, and a rickety bridge, with a single handrail, connected the
banks of the stream. Small weatherbeaten shacks, doors and shutters
sagging outward, fishing-dories, rusty anchors, lobster-pots, a few nets
with round black buoys, these cluttered up either shore.
“Nice place, if it wasn’t for the shanties,” said David, regarding the
cove.
“I found a chap painting here one day,” said Lanky. “He told me it made
a great picture; he liked the shanties first-rate.”
“Funny what things painters like,” chuckled David. “The more ramshackle
a house is, the more they want to paint it.”
They went down a rocky path to the nearer beach, and sat on the bottom
of an upturned scow. As they were chatting they heard the creak of a
door, opening on rusty hinges. A man came out from one of the nearer
shacks. His clothes were fairly new, he wore a brown slouch hat and tan
shoes—evidently he was not a fisherman; neither was he a farmer nor a
common loafer; he looked as if he came from a town. He was smoking a
small briar pipe.
“What are you doing here?” The man’s tone was a little peremptory,
though not exactly surly.
David enjoyed such a question. With a pleasant, friendly smile he
answered, “Just sitting here and thinking.”
“That’s all you’re doing, eh?”
“It is at present,” David answered. “What are you doing yourself?”
The man frowned; looked up the creek, looked across at the opposite
shore. “Nobody lives here now,” he stated after a minute. “Sometimes I
come and fish from that bridge.”
“What’s happened to the place?” asked Lanky.
“I don’t know. Only nobody comes here now.”
“Well, we came this afternoon,” said David. “You see, we’re explorers.”
“You won’t find anything to explore.”
“Oh, I don’t know about that.”
The man shot a glance at David, not a very amiable glance. And with that
he walked to the bridge, crossed it, and went into the huddle of shacks
on the other bank.
“Pleasant sort of customer,” said Lanky.
“He’d make a cow laugh,” said Tom.
“He didn’t like our being here,” observed David, “Now I wonder why.”
“He wants it all to himself,” said Lanky. “He must be some sort of
hermit.”
“And just for that,” said David, “I feel like sitting right here on
this scow till he gets more hospitable.”
As a matter of fact, however, sitting on the upturned boat and watching
the waves surge gently up over the stony beach and then withdraw in a
network of little rivulets that made the stones and pebbles glisten was
not entertaining enough to keep the three boys there more than five
minutes. Tom got up. “I’m going over the bridge,” he said. “If our
friend the hermit doesn’t like it—well, he’ll just have to lump it.”
The bridge shook as the three of them stepped upon it. “For goodness
sake, don’t lean against that railing,” Lanky warned. “Stop bouncing up
and down as you walk, Dave, or you’ll have us all in the water.”
David went on bouncing; but in spite of that they reached the other
shore safely. No one was to be seen here; somewhere in the clutter of
shanties the man had disappeared.
“I’d like to know what that precious hermit is up to,” said David, and
he walked toward the shacks that were furthest from the bridge.
Lanky and Tom investigated in the other direction, where a clump of oaks
came close down to the stream. At the edge of the trees was a shack a
little larger and better built than the others. The door was open, and
the two boys looked in. “Hello!” exclaimed Tom. “What’s that on the
bench? It looks like jewelry.”
A brown cloak, a brown hat with a red feather stuck at one side, and a
chain of gold links with a large green stone as a pendant, were piled on
the bench.
Tom picked up the ornament. “It’s imitation,” he said. He looked around
the room. “Why, there’s a whole wardrobe of queer hats and cloaks and
things here!”
“So there is,” said Lanky. “What do you suppose they are? Actors’
things?”
“Actors’ things?” Tom glanced at the outfit of costumes that hung on
pegs on one wall. “They’re certainly not fishermen’s things. But what
would actors be doing in this cove?”
“I don’t know,” Lanky admitted. “It is funny, isn’t it?”
They looked at the costumes more closely, and then went out of the
shack. “I wonder if that man knows something about them,” Lanky
suggested. “He might have been keeping guard.”
“Let’s see what Dave’s doing,” said Tom, and started along the bank.
He had only taken a few steps, however, when he stopped. “Here comes a
boat around the point. Let’s beat it, and see what they do.”
The two slipped back of a cabin, then to a shelter of bushes. Crouching
there, they watched the boat nose its bow into the cove.
The boat was a dory. One man was rowing, two others sat in the stern.
They looked no more like the usual type of fishermen than had the man
whom the boys had first encountered.
With considerable splashing the boat was rowed up to the bridge. The
tide was low, and there was hardly enough water at that point to float
the dory. The rower shipped his oars and tied the boat to the railing of
the bridge. Meantime the other two men stepped over the side and came up
on to the beach.
All three headed toward the shack that the boys had just left and went
in at the door.
“They seem to know their way about,” whispered Lanky. “I wonder why
Dave’s friend didn’t come down to meet them.”
In a few minutes the three men came out again, and now they had some of
the cloaks and hats in their hands. Each put on a cloak and a hat and
strutted about; they laughed and joked at each other.
“What in the world——” muttered Lanky. “Actors. I told you,” Tom
whispered. “They look like highwaymen.”
The men now seemed satisfied with their costumes. Hats pulled well down
on their heads and cloaks thrown over their shoulders, they took the
path toward the clump of oaks.
“I say,” muttered Lanky, “what do you suppose they’re going to do? Hold
up some farmer’s wagon? Come on, I want to find out what’s their game.”
“I’d better get Dave,” said Tom. “You follow them. I’ll catch up with
you in a minute.”
“All right.”
Lanky went one way, and Tom the other.
Tom ran over the stones between the shanties, and looked in at the open
doors; but he did not see David nor the man they had met first. He gave
the whistle he used to call David in Barmouth. There was no answer. The
shacks on this side of the stream all appeared deserted.
David was not to be found, and Tom supposed he must have gone further
along the shore. Meantime he would be losing the chance of finding
Lanky, so after whistling several times more Tom turned and ran toward
the oaks.
The path along the cove was well marked, it traversed the high ground at
the edge of the marshes and turned into fairly thick woods. At a
dog-trot Tom soon came up with Lanky. “I couldn’t find Dave,” he
grunted. “I guess he found the hermit so fascinating he went for a
stroll with him.”
“I’ve kept my eye on the three highwaymen,” said Lanky. “This seems to
be the only path around here, marshes on one side and the forest
primeval on the other.” He glanced at his wrist-watch. “I ought to be
getting back to camp; but I can’t leave an adventure like this. It
wouldn’t be decent, would it?”
“It would not,” Tom assented. “If they try to blame you, you refer them
to me. I’ll say that we thought those fellows were up to some kind of
mischief, and that it seemed to be our duty to investigate them. And
that’s telling the truth; they’re what Benjie would call ‘suspicious
characters.’”
Every once in a while the boys would catch a glimpse of one or other of
the cloaked men through the vista of the trees. Then the boys would stop
and let the others get well ahead of them. And presently they reached a
dusty road and saw the men tramping along to the south.
Tom and Lanky had to come out in the open then, but, as Lanky pointed
out, there was no reason why the men, if they saw them, should think the
two boys were at all interested in what they were doing. They walked a
half-mile without encountering anyone, and then the boys saw an
automobile coming toward the three in front.
“Now,” said Tom, “we’ll see if they’re highwaymen. This is a nice quiet
place to hold up a car.”
But the men disappeared by jumping over a fence that ran along the woods
on the left. The automobile, a man and a woman in it, dashed by the
boys, leaving a cloud of dust.
“So ho!” exclaimed Lanky, “our friends don’t want to be seen! Suppose we
make ourselves scarce till they come back to the road.”
The boys hid in the woods, and presently the three men reappeared on the
road. Tom and Lanky followed suit, and the march was resumed.
A mile more, and the men came to a crossroad. They turned toward the
west. When the boys reached the crossroad Lanky stopped. “This is a
private lane,” he said. “See, it leads up to that barn and stable. And
there’s a big house. Our friends are going in the back way.”
There was a screen of trees at the corner. The boys went along the lane
until the screen gave way to a close-cropped hedge. Here they had a view
of a wide, velvety lawn and the large house, red-striped awnings at the
windows, on a gently-rising slope.
“Hello!” exclaimed Tom. “Look there!”
There was no heed of his telling Lanky to look. Lanky was staring at
that part of the lawn that was shielded by the trees at the corner.
There was a small, one-story house that looked as if it were made of
cardboard, a very picturesque building, brightly painted to resemble
cross-timbers, with two little lattice windows. And grouped about the
grass in front of the house were a dozen or so men and women, all of
them dressed in fancy costumes, looking as if they had just stepped out
of a picture book or down from the stage of a theatre.
“My eye!” said Tom. “What is it? A fancy dress party?”
“Looks like a Robin Hood scene,” said Lanky. “Some of them have bows and
arrows. See that girl in pink working that churn.” He watched for a
moment; then added, “So that’s why our friends the highwaymen came along
this way.”
“They don’t seem to have joined the crowd,” said Tom. “Why didn’t they
jump over the hedge?”
The people on the lawn were too busy to notice the boys in the lane.
Lanky nodded. “That’s so. And it seems to me, Tom, that that crowd are a
different type from our three friends. These people belong here; but I
don’t think the others do.”
The boys looked up the lane. The three men had entered at a gate that
led to the rear of the big house.
“Let’s see what they’re doing,” said Tom.
Along the lane went the two boys, and turned in at the gate.
The men had disappeared. Lanky shook his head. “It’s queer, mighty
queer. Of course those fellows may belong here. But why should they come
all the way from that cove? And bring those hats and cloaks with them?”
He scratched his ear, as he did when he was puzzled.
“Come along,” said Tom. “Nobody’ll throw us out.”
They crossed the lawn to the steps of the porch. A man came out from the
front door, a man in livery, apparently the butler. He held himself very
straight, he was an angular person, with a fishy eye.
“Yes?” he said; and though the word was a short one he managed to
express in it a cold sense of disapproval.
“Er—” began Tom, “we would like to know if three men, wearing brown
cloaks and big slouch hats, just came into this house.”
The butler shrugged his shoulders. “There are gentlemen and ladies
wearing every kind of costume coming in and going out all the time,” he
answered stiffly.
That seemed to put an end to further questions; but Lanky, after
considering the matter for a moment, inquired, “Whose place is this?”
“It belongs to Mr. Hastings,” said the butler, eyeing the boys most
disapprovingly. “He is not at home at present. But I can answer any
questions for him.”
Neither Lanky nor Tom, however, could think of any questions to ask. It
seemed absurd to tell this fishy-eyed servant that they had followed the
three men from the cove. And after all the men might have a perfect
right to have entered the house.
“Very well,” said Tom, and turned on his heel, followed by Lanky.
But when they were out in the lane again, Lanky said, “I’m going to wait
around here a little longer. That servant’s a fool. Anybody could put
anything over on him.”
So they climbed up on the stone wall on the other side of the lane and
sat there like two sentries.
XIII—ON THE FISHING-SMACK
When Tom and Lanky had turned to the right and investigated the
fishermen’s shanties that were nearest to the marshes, David had turned
to the left, in the direction of the ocean. He had no particular object
in view, except to see what the man they had met on the other bank of
the cove was doing and exchange a few more words with him, if the
opportunity offered.
He looked through the clutter of small, weatherbeaten sheds without
seeing the man, and came to the beach on the ocean side. A short
distance to the south was a spit of sand, and there, seated on a log,
was the fellow with the straw hat.
David enjoyed an argument. He was not by nature so curious about other
people as Ben was, but he liked to tease. So, with his hands stuck in
his pockets and a little swagger in his walk, he went toward the man.
“Looking for a boat to come along and take you for a sail?” he said.
“It’s a long walk to town.”
“You’d better be on your way then,” the man retorted. His tone was not
very civil, and it made David flush.
“I can look out for myself.”
“Oh, you can, can you?” The man turned round and glared at the young
fellow. “Well, my advice to you is to make yourself scarce pretty
quick.”
David squared his shoulders. “You don’t want me and my friends round
here, do you? A person might think you owned the beach.”
“No,” said the man, “I don’t want you round here.” He looked at the boy
fixedly for a minute. “That’s plain enough, isn’t it?”
“Yes, it’s plain enough,” David admitted. “But I don’t see that it’s any
reason why we should go.”
“I’ve business here, and you haven’t.”
“Business? You don’t seem very busy.”
The man got up from the log and walked away, down the beach toward a
ledge of rock that shut off the southern end.
What was the man’s business? David, rather amused at the other’s
surliness, followed after, walking jauntily.
He climbed the ledge of rock. There was another scallop of beach, with
bushes close down to the sand. The man was not in sight. But there was a
small fishing-smack at anchor not far from the shore, and a dory was
just pulling away from her.
David stepped down on the beach, and the first thing he knew something
had knocked him flat. He lay sprawling on the sand, a heavy weight on
his back. Someone had caught his two hands and held them like a vise.
“Holler if you want to,” said the man with the straw hat.
David had no wish to shout. The breath was knocked out of him.
The man pinned him down, and after kicking a little, David decided the
wisest course was to lie still.
After a few minutes there was a grating sound on the sand. David twisted
his head enough to see that the dory had landed and that two men were
coming ashore.
“Hello, Sam, what you got there?” exclaimed one of the strangers.
“A fresh guy, who wouldn’t mind his own business,” was the answer. “Now
I’m going to teach him not to meddle:”
“Good for you, old sport! Give him a good licking.”
“Pity we left the cat-o’-nine-tails out on the boat,” said the second
man.
“Three of them came to the cove,” said the man on David’s back. “The
other two went away; but this fellow had to go nosing around into other
people’s business. I told him to make himself scarce. But not he! Oh no,
he had to find out what I was doing. And now I’m going to take him out
on the boat and watch me do some fishing.”
There was a laugh at this. “You’ll let him bait your hook, won’t you,
Sam?” asked one.
“I’ll let him take the fish off,” Sam retorted. “You fellows row us out,
will you?”
The others agreed. The man on David’s back eased his position. “Now,”
said he, “you can come along without any fuss or trouble, or you can
come with a black eye. Suit yourself; it doesn’t make any difference to
me.”
Three to one was greater odds than David cared to tackle. “I’ll go
along,” he grunted.
The man got up. David followed. Assuming a care-free manner he walked to
the boat and climbed over the high side. A man sat at the oars, and Sam
and the two others took seats on the thwarts. The oars dipped in the
water, and the dory was rowed out to the smack.
David and Sam went aboard, and the dory with her crew of three rowed
away again in the direction of the cove.
“Now,” said Sam, “make yourself comfortable. You’ve found out my
business. I’m going to fish for flounders.” And he walked aft and down
into the cabin.
David was puzzled. He could understand that this man might have had a
grudge against him, even that he might have lost his temper and attacked
him as he had; but why should he carry a grudge so far as to make him a
prisoner on his fishing-boat?
He stared at the shore some time, then walked up toward the bow. Sam had
reappeared from the cabin with fishing-tackle and was angling over the
side. There was a line for David, and so, there being nothing better to
do, David also set to fishing.
Fish were not biting on that particular afternoon, however. Presently
Sam hauled in his line. “The pesky things never come when you want
them,” he said morosely. “I suppose there are lots of them swimming
around everywhere except where _I_ cast my hook.”
“You’re not a real fisherman,” said David. “There’s a knack to catching
fish.”
“No, I’m not; and I don’t want to be,” was the man’s answer. “Of all the
stupid jobs, I think fishing takes the cake.”
David was about to argue this point when another man came out from the
cabin and joined them. At once David, wise in the look of sailormen from
his acquaintance with them on the docks of Barmouth, decided that this
was the skipper. The new arrival stretched his arms and yawned
prodigiously. “Golly, I’m only half-awake yet,” he declared. “Sam,
where’d you pick up this fellow?”
“He wanted to have a look at the boat,” said Sam. “In fact he was so set
on having a look at her that I just had to invite him aboard.”
He said this with a sly glance at David, but if he had expected to get
an angry denial he was disappointed, for David, leaning his arms on the
rail, appeared to be in such a deep study of the shore as to allow for
no interruption.
“The others gone ashore?” asked the skipper, evidently regarding the
reason for David’s presence on the boat as a matter of small importance.
“Yes,” said Sam. He pulled a large watch from the upper pocket of his
coat and looked at it. “And it’s about time they were coming back.”
There was no sign of them, however; and the sun began to slant toward
the west, and then to dip behind the trees, and still there was no boat
to be seen coming out from the cove. David, strolling up and down the
deck, noticed that Sam was becoming impatient. After a while there was a
fragrant odor of cooking, and David, putting his head in at the cabin
door, saw that the skipper was getting supper in the galley.
The sun had set when the skipper’s voice announced that food was ready.
“Come along,” Sam said to David, and though the invitation was not very
cordial David went down to the cabin and ate his fair share of the meal.
Afterwards the three, on deck, watched the shore for a boat. And when
the beach was quite dark and Sam had looked at his watch a dozen times,
he said, almost angrily, “Well, Captain, I think it’s about time to beat
it. They must have changed their plans. We don’t want to stay here all
night.”
The skipper glanced at David. “How about him?” he asked, with a jerk of
the head.
“He can help you sail the boat down to Gosport. That’ll pay for his
supper.”
David was tired of inaction. To sail to Gosport attracted him much more
than staying here at anchor any longer. He spoke up quickly:
“Yes, Captain. I know something about handling sails.”
“Good enough. That’s more than Sam does,” remarked the skipper. “He’s
about as useful in handling this boat as a belaying-pin.”
Shortly the anchor was up and the fishing-smack under way. David carried
out the skipper’s orders with proper efficiency. With a gentle breeze
the boat stole southward along the shore, and in half-an-hour the lights
of the little settlement of Gosport were glimmering over the water.
The smack came up to a wharf. “Now,” said Sam to David, “you can go
ashore if you like. The captain and I may do a little cruising, but we
don’t need you any longer.”
“Thanks,” said David. He had a retort on the tip of his tongue, but
wisely forbore to utter it. He jumped ashore. “If you come to Barmouth,
look me up,” he called back. “I’ll be glad to show you the town.”
There was a laugh from the skipper, but none from Sam. Immediately the
fishing-smack pushed out again.
Gosport was a small place, and David knew no one there. He felt in his
pocket, and found he had no money to pay his fare to Barmouth. He walked
along the waterfront, considering what he should do, and presently came
upon a young man, who was starting the engine of a small motor-boat.
“You’re not going anywhere in the neighborhood of Camp Amoussock, are
you?” David asked the man in the boat.
The other looked around and surveyed the fellow who had asked the
question. “Are you one of the boys from the camp?”
“I was there at dinner.” And in a few words David told the story of what
had happened to him during the afternoon.
“Well,” said the man, “that’s a queer yarn. I was just going out for a
moonlight spin, and I might as well go up to the camp as anywhere. Jump
aboard.”
David accepted with alacrity. The motor-boat chugged out from the
landing-stage, and leaving a smooth silver ripple, darted north.
The owner of the motor-boat—he had told David that his name was Henry
Payson—said that, although he had only been a month at Gosport, he knew
that part of the coast quite well, and had never happened to see any
fishermen in the cove that David described. “That fellow Sam was a
vindictive chap,” he added musingly. “But you know, it almost seems as
if he had some other object than merely showing his spitefulness when he
took you off in his boat.”
“That’s what I thought,” agreed David. “But Tom and Lanky were still at
the cove. He didn’t lay hands on them.”
“Well,” said Payson, “the cove’s around that next point of land. No use
stopping there now, I suppose. Your friends will surely have gone back
to camp.”
When the motor-boat rounded the point, however, Payson changed his mind.
On shore there were a score of lanterns; both banks of the cove fairly
bristled with them. “Hello,” exclaimed Payson, “there’s something doing
there all right!” And he altered his course so as to bring his craft
into the mouth of the river.
As the boat ran up to the bridge boys came down from both sides,
apparently all the boys of Camp Amoussock.
“Why, it’s Dave!” cried John Tuckerman. And immediately the two in the
boat were the target of a volley of questions.
“Hold on!” cried David. “Wait a minute.” He swung himself out of the
boat and up to the bridge.
“Where are Lanky and Tom?” someone asked.
“Aren’t they here?” said David. And as Tuckerman and Mr. Perkins and the
boys from the camp crowded around he told them briefly his adventures
since dinner.
“We’ve been hunting for you ever since supper,” said Mr. Perkins. “I
can’t imagine where Larry and Tom can have gone.”
“Those three men rowed in here in the dory,” said David. “Perhaps they
carried Larry and Tom off somewhere.”
“We’ve hunted through every shack,” said Bill Crawford. “And we’ve been
down the coast a couple of miles.”
The chorus of voices explaining where they had hunted started in again,
interrupted by Mr. Perkins giving the order to his troop to take the
road back to camp.
David thanked Henry Payson, and the motor-boat chugged away. By the path
along the shore the searchers regained Camp Amoussock. And there Mr.
Perkins and John Tuckerman and David held a council as to what to do
next.
The upshot was that Mr. Perkins got out a small car, and with Tuckerman
and David set out to see if they could learn any news of the missing
boys.
XIV—BEN AT THE GABLES
Ben that afternoon had a long, cool glass of lemonade on the porch of
the Gables while his friend Roderick Fitzhugh introduced him to the men
and women who were sitting in wicker easy chairs. It seemed to Ben that
their names were somewhat fantastic, but then so were their clothes, and
the names did appear to suit the costumes.
“This lady,” said Fitzhugh, nodding to a rosy-cheeked girl, who wore her
brown hair in two long plaits down her back and whose dress was of
primrose yellow, “is the fair Maid Rosalind. She can sing like a
nightingale and dance like a wave of the sea, and when she churns butter
it comes out pure gold.”
The girl stood up and made a curtsy. “Thanks, kind Master Roderick,” she
said. “But perhaps your friend Master Ben doesn’t care for gold on his
bread.”
“The more fool he,” answered Fitzhugh.
“However, he can eat plumcake.” And Ben’s host pushed a plate of
delicious-looking cake toward his guest.
“Yonder man in the high boots, with the fierce mustaches,” Fitzhugh
continued, “bears the high-sounding name of Sir Marmaduke Midchester. He
looks like a sword swallower, but he is really as gentle as a lamb. He
has been known to eat crumbs out of Maid Rosalind’s hand.”
“Glad to meet Master Sully,” said Sir Marmaduke. “I wrote a song this
morning—words and music both—perhaps he would like to hear me sing
it.”
Fitzhugh held up his hand. “Not just now, Marmaduke, please. Let my
guest digest his plumcake in quiet.”
So the introductions went on, with all sorts of jokes and banter. It was
a jolly crowd, and Ben was enjoying it hugely. He began to find his
tongue and make retorts of his own. But when he had finished the
lemonade and the cake he turned to his host. “I’d like to stay, but I
think I had better be getting back,” he said. “I’ve got to go out to
Cotterell’s Island.”
“No, no, Master Ben. If you’d like to stay, you shall stay. Cotterell’s
Island can wait. We need you here at present.”
“Well, but——” began Ben.
“There are no ‘buts’ about it,” answered Fitzhugh. “List to me, my lad.
This place is a green oasis in a desert of modern things. Here we do as
we please. And it pleases us now to be ladies and gentlemen of good
Sherwood Forest and Nottingham.” Fitzhugh stood up. “Come with me. I’ll
find you more fitting clothes than those simple togs you have on.”
Ben grinned. He was fond of dressing up and had often acted in school
theatricals in Barmouth. He didn’t know what Fitzhugh and his friends
were planning, but he thought he would like to take part in the game.
After all, his car would take him quickly back to town and he could
paddle out to the island by moonlight, if necessary. So he followed
Fitzhugh indoors and up a wide staircase to the second floor.
When he came down again he wore brown doublet and hose, with a brown
cloak slung from his shoulders and a broad-brimmed brown hat on his
head. There was a chorus of approval from the group on the porch.
“Master Ben, apprentice to an armorer,” Fitzhugh introduced him. “And
now, my lads and lasses, let us hie us out to the greenwood tree.”
There was nothing formal about Roderick Fitzhugh’s friends. The crowd
had hardly more than descended the steps of the porch when the girl
called Maid Rosalind and the man called Sir Marmaduke Midchester each
took one of Ben’s hands and raced across the lawn. Luckily Ben had
pulled his broad-brimmed hat on tight. His cloak flew back from his
shoulders. And he heard shouts and laughs from the rest of the party as
they followed pell mell.
The lawn of the Gables was wide and gently sloping. When Rosalind and
Sir Marmaduke finally slackened speed Ben found they had come to a
corner where poplars and spruces made a background against a road. One
oak tree stood out by itself, and there was a small house with
picturesque criss-crossed windows and a door with big curved hinges.
“There,” said Sir Marmaduke, “behold the Forest of Sherwood! There
aren’t so many trees, but each of them is a giant.”
Rosalind flung herself down near the oak. “Oh, Master Ben,” she panted,
“fan me with your hat.”
And while Ben gallantly flapped his hat close to the red-cheeked lady,
the others came bounding into the glade, like so many children just let
out from school.
In a few minutes Fitzhugh, a paper in his hand, was calling out
directions. Ben, observing everything, saw a couple of men crossing the
lawn with what looked like a big camera. He turned to Rosalind. “I know
what it is,” he whispered. “You’re moving-picture people doing a play.”
“Good for you,” she answered. She nodded toward Fitzhugh. “He wrote the
plot, and we’ve been dressing up and doing it every day this week.”
The play began, and went on for an hour or so, with frequent
interruptions. Some scenes were done over and over again before Fitzhugh
was satisfied with them. He found a part for Ben, and instructed him
carefully how to act before the camera. And whenever the company got
tired the cameramen turned off their machine, and the actors lounged on
the greensward while somebody sang or did a fancy dance.
It was great sport, and Ben was surprised when, glancing toward the
west, he saw that the sun had set behind the trees.
“I must be going,” he said to Fitzhugh. “I’ve had a splendid time.”
Fitzhugh waved his hand at the cameramen. “That’s enough for to-day. We
always end with a woodland dance, Ben, and then, back to the house for
dinner.”
“I can’t stay to dinner,” began Ben; but before he could say more
Rosalind and another girl had each caught a hand of his and the whole
company had spread out in a ring. Rosalind started to sing, and all the
others took up the song. There followed a dance, in which Ben did his
share, and then the crowd formed into a line, each with his hands on the
shoulders of the one in front, and led by Fitzhugh they wound across the
wide lawn and back to the Gables.
“Now,” said Ben to his host, when they arrived on the porch, “I’ll get
into my own clothes and dash back to Barmouth.”
“What? Without dinner? I can’t let you go hungry.” Fitzhugh turned to a
servant. “Show this gentleman up to the yellow guestroom and get him
whatever he wants.”
It was difficult to argue with such a positive man as that; and moreover
Ben was thoroughly enjoying his adventure. To be shown up to the yellow
guestroom, and later to dine with such a company of moving-picture
people would be a new and delightful experience. He would have a story
to tell Tom and David and John Tuckerman when he got back to the island
that would make them open their eyes. So Ben followed the servant into
the house, where the lamps were already lighted.
There was a gallery on the second floor, with ever so many rooms opening
from it. The servant went to a door and turned the knob. “This is the
yellow room, sir. You’ll find clean towels in the bathroom. If you want
anything, there’s an electric push button.”
Ben went in and shut the door. He had never seen a more luxuriously
furnished bedroom. He switched on an electric light and a little
orange-shaded lamp on a table shone forth. He threw his hat on the
bureau and rolled up the sleeves of his doublet.
The door of a bathroom stood open. He went in, turned on the water, and
washed his face and hands. As he was drying them with a towel he walked
over to a window. Looking out, he saw a garage and a circular driveway.
Beyond that was a lane that led back of a big barn. And on the stone
wall on the opposite side of the lane two boys were sitting.
Ben stopped using the towel, and stared. The two boys looked
surprisingly like Tom and Lanky Larry. They were at some distance from
the house and the shadow of the barn fell across the stone wall. But
they did look like Tom and Lanky. However, it was inconceivable that
those two should be sitting there. He must be mistaken. For what could
possibly have brought those two to the neighborhood of the Gables? And
why should they perch on a stone wall as if they had nothing to do?
Ben turned to go back to the yellow room; but in the doorway he stopped.
Someone was there, at the bureau, a man in a brown hat and cloak. He had
pulled a bureau drawer out and was looking in it. Some one of the guests
must have mistaken this room for his own.
“Hello,” said Ben, “I didn’t know there was anyone here.”
The man looked over his shoulder. “My mistake,” he said. “I thought this
was my room. I beg your pardon. My room is next door.”
“I don’t wonder you didn’t know the right one,” Ben said politely. “I
never saw a house with so many rooms. I say, in that cloak and hat you
look very much like me in my costume. I don’t remember seeing you in the
moving-pictures.”
“I changed my things,” muttered the man. “Sometimes I wear one set and
other times another.” He walked to the door, opened it, and went down
the hall.
“That’s funny,” said Ben, half-aloud. “He keeps his hat on in the house.
I suppose he thinks, because it’s part of his costume, it’s a perfectly
proper thing to do.”
Before the mirror at the bureau Ben put on his own broad-brimmed hat,
turned on the light at a wall-bracket, and surveyed himself in the
glass.
“The hat does help to make a fellow look different,” he said to himself.
“I guess I’ll keep mine on when I go downstairs; though I don’t suppose
it would be the right thing to wear a hat to dinner.”
He switched off both the lights and went out into the hall. The gallery
and the lower floor of the big house appeared to be empty; he supposed
the guests had all gone to make ready for dinner. He walked around the
gallery to the staircase. The afterglow of sunset partly lighted the
lower floor, and here and there soft lamps shed circles of radiance, but
for the most part the house was pleasantly shadowy, which made its fine
furnishings all the more interesting.
Ben went down the stairs and stopped in the large hall to look at a
grandfather’s clock that stood opposite the front door. Above the dial
was a painted ship that sailed on a deep-blue sea. He was admiring the
ship when somewhere in the upper part of the house someone gave a
scream.
Ben waited a moment. There was another shout. Doors on the gallery
opened. He heard people calling “What’s the matter?” There was confusion
above-stairs. Someone shouted “Lock the doors! Don’t let him get away!”
The front door was open. Ben dashed across the polished floor to shut
it.
His hand was on the knob when someone caught him from behind. A rug
slipped under his feet and he came down hard on the floor.
Someone had fallen on top of him, someone had tackled him tight about
the knees, a regular football tackle.
There was a babel of voices. Someone shouted, “We’ve got him all right!”
Ben tried to speak, to explain. “Hold on there!” he grunted.
But someone else was explaining. He heard someone say, “We heard the
yells, and we came in at the side door, and we saw this fellow dashing
for the front door.”
Then Ben heard Fitzhugh’s voice. “Well, he won’t get away now,” Fitzhugh
said. “Suppose you let him up.”
The fellow who had made the tackle released Ben’s knees and Ben turned
around and sat up.
“My eye! If it isn’t Ben Sully!”
Ben saw Tom and Lanky Larry staring at him in wide-eyed wonder.
“Of course it is, Tom, you goat!” Ben responded. “Who did you think it
was?”
“We thought you were one of the men we tracked here from the cove,” said
Tom. “They wore cloaks and hats like yours; and you did look as if you
were trying to escape.”
“I was going to lock the front door,” said Ben, getting to his feet.
“What’s the trouble anyhow, Mr. Fitzhugh?”
“Two of the ladies found things missing from their rooms—jewels,”
explained Fitzhugh. “And one of the men saw a fellow sneaking down a
passage.” He turned to Tom and Lanky. “I don’t know who you two are, but
Ben seems to, so that’s all right. Let’s see if we can find the thief.”
Immediately everyone was busy. Some went outdoors, some hunted through
the house. The Gables blazed with light; the garage and the other
outbuildings were thoroughly searched. But no thief was found, and
half-an-hour later the whole company met on the porch to talk over the
matter.
Tom and Lanky by turns told their tale, how they had seen the three men
at the cove put on cloaks and hats and how they had followed the men to
the Gables. The butler, looking rather sheepish, admitted that the boys
had spoken to him about the strangers and that he had not thought their
story merited his attention. Then Tom said that he and Lanky had sat on
the stone wall until they heard shouts in the house, and had then run in
at a side door, and in the hall had seen a fellow dressed just like the
three they had followed apparently making his escape. “We didn’t know
Ben was anywhere near here,” he added; “and anyway we wouldn’t have
recognized him in that blooming hat.”
Ben told about his finding the stranger, dressed like himself, hunting
through the bureau drawer in the yellow room. The guests who had missed
their jewels and the man who had seen someone stealing along a passage
repeated their stories. “Well,” said Fitzhugh, when they had all
finished, “you remember we couldn’t find some of the things we left in
the playhouse the other day. I believe these fellows took them, and
thought they could pass themselves off as some of my guests and ransack
all the rooms in the house.”
“They did it,” said Marmaduke Midchester. “And they must have got away
by one of the back doors while we were all here at the front.”
“Do you suppose they’ve gone back to the cove?” asked Lanky. “They might
have. They didn’t know we were following them.”
“That’s an idea,” agreed Fitzhugh. He spoke to the butler, and in a few
minutes the chauffeur and two other men were receiving instructions to
take the car and drive to the cove, look for the men, and if they were
not to be found there to drive on to Barmouth and report the thefts to
the police.
“And now, my friends,” Fitzhugh added to his guests, “let us have
dinner. Master Ben’s two pals must need sustenance after their long
tramp. Come, the soup will be getting cold.”
They were still at the dinner table when a motor horn sounded outside.
Everyone ran to the door. It was not Fitzhugh’s car, however, but a much
smaller one. From it descended David, John Tuckerman and Mr. Perkins.
“Well, I declare,” exclaimed Tuckerman, “here’s Tom and Larry! And that
fellow in doublet and hose—why, I do believe that’s Benjamin Sully!”
XV—VARIOUS CLUES
John Tuckerman and David and Mr. Perkins went up on the porch, where Ben
introduced them to Roderick Fitzhugh. Fitzhugh, after shaking hands
cordially with each of them, bowed toward his house-guests. “My
friends,” said he, “we have the pleasure of welcoming the worthy Chief
Counsellor of Camp Amoussock, and Mr. Tuckerman, who is the owner of
famous Cotterell Hall on Cotterell’s Island in the harbor of Barmouth,
and Mr. David Norton—, er, Ben, what is the best way to describe your
good-looking friend?”
“The best batter in New England,” piped up Lanky Larry. “I ought to
know. He knocked me out of the box.”
“Thank you,” said Fitzhugh in his amusingly formal manner. “Mr. David
Norton, the famous Yankee slugger.” He turned to the three new arrivals.
“Gentlemen, let me present you to my friends,” and he called out the
names, beginning with Maid Rosalind and the other ladies and ending with
Sir Marmaduke Midchester.
Tuckerman laughed. “I’d no idea Ben mixed in such high-sounding company.
What is he?—Sir Marmaduke’s squire?”
“He’s the apprentice to an armorer,” said Fitzhugh. “Incidentally he was
mistaken this evening for a robber.”
Then Fitzhugh told the story of the robbery, including the adventure of
Tom and Larry with the men from the cove.
“Those men must be the three that belonged to the fishing-smack,” said
David. “I thought there was something crooked going on. That’s
it—they’re a gang of thieves.”
David related his adventure, and then Mr. Perkins told how he and
Tuckerman and the boys from the camp hunted for the three missing
fellows. “We drove in here on the chance that you might know something
about them,” he said to Fitzhugh. “We came straight up the road from the
cove, but we didn’t see any men answering the description of the
thieves.”
“Well,” said Fitzhugh, “we’ll get the police on their track, and I’ll
telephone down to Gosport to have the people there keep an eye out for
that fishing-boat. And now won’t you come in and let me offer you some
refreshments? Master Ben will want to change his clothes before he sets
out in his racing-car.”
While the others were in the dining-room Ben exchanged his doublet and
hose for his everyday garb. Then he went to the garage and got out the
little car he had borrowed from his uncle in Barmouth. It clattered up
to the front door and a few minutes later Fitzhugh was saying good-night
to Tuckerman, Perkins and the boys.
David got into Ben’s car. The car from Camp Amoussock moved off along
the driveway. Roderick Fitzhugh came up to Ben, who was starting his
engine. “I regret that Mr. Joseph Hastings wasn’t at home,” he said, “so
that you could have learned whether he did lose a silver snuff-box on
Cotterell’s Island. I’ll ask him when I see him.”
Ben grinned. “I’d almost forgotten about the snuff-box,” he answered,
“but I think you’ll find when you ask Mr. Hastings that he did lose it
there.”
“You’re a bright fellow, Master Sully.”
Fitzhugh gave a wink. “Don’t tell all you know. And if you’re in the
neighborhood any time come in and see Joseph Hastings.”
The little car rattled away, following the tail-light of the other
automobile.
“Who is that man?” asked David, as they turned into the highroad.
“Do you mean Mr. Roderick Fitzhugh?” inquired Ben innocently.
“Chuck it, Benjie. That isn’t his real name.”
“Why isn’t it, smartie?”
“Roderick Fitzhugh! Marmaduke Midchester!” David repeated the names of
some of the other people he had met at the Gables. “Stuff and nonsense,
Benjie! They made them up.”
Ben said nothing, and after a few minutes David began again.
“Where’d they get those clothes?”
“Where do people usually get their clothes? Tailors and dressmakers made
them, I suppose.”
“What are they? A crowd of actors?”
Ben smiled. “They’re not professional actors. They’re doing a play that
Mr. Fitzhugh wrote for the moving-pictures, and they like their costumes
so much they keep them on most of the time. I’m in the pictures,” he
added in a tone of pride.
The car clattered loudly over a rough stretch of road. Then David
resumed his questions. “How in thunder did you happen to get mixed up
with them?”
“I was driving along this morning and I met Mr. Fitzhugh and he
suggested that we go on a hunt for hooked-rugs.”
“Hooked-rugs!” exploded David.
“Yes. They don’t grow on trees. They’re to be found in the cottages
around here. We caught some fine specimens.”
David put his hand on Ben’s knee. “It was time we rescued you from that
fellow, my boy,” he said. “I don’t know anything about hooked-rugs, but
I think your Mr. Fitzhugh has bats in his belfry.”
The car driven by Mr. Perkins had stopped, and Ben brought his own noisy
equipage to a standstill at the side of the road. “We’re going to have
another look at the cove,” said Tuckerman. “We can’t drive in through
the woods.”
But the cove, when they reached it by the path through the woods, was as
deserted as it had been when the boys from Camp Amoussock explored it
earlier in the evening. Lanky and Tom pointed out the dory, still
beached on the shingle, in which the three men had come ashore, and the
shack in which they had kept the costumes. “I think the dory is pretty
good proof that they didn’t come back here,” said Tom. “I guess they
must have made off toward Gosport, to join the fishing-smack somewhere
in that neighborhood.”
They returned to the two cars and drove on to Camp Amoussock. There Tom
and John Tuckerman embarked in the _Argo_ to sail back to Cotterell’s
Island, while Ben and David continued their clattering ride to Barmouth.
At Barmouth, Ben restored the car to his uncle, and the two boys went
down to the harbor and launched the canoe. Over the placid water they
paddled easily, for they were old hands at handling a canoe together.
And presently they landed at the island, and found the other two sitting
on the pier.
There was much to talk over, and none of them were sleepy. They sat on
the bank above the beach and swapped adventures. “I’ve been wondering,”
said Tom, “whether there was any connection between the men who stole
those things at Mr. Fitzhugh’s house and the men I saw here on the
island last night.”
“And the gigantic footprints,” said David. “I’ve been thinking about
that, too. But how would you explain the lady’s handkerchief, with the
initials A. S. L.?”
They argued about that for some time before they went to bed. Ben,
however, took little part in the discussion. He was trying to find a
reason for the discovery of the silver snuff-box that Joseph Hastings
had bought in Barmouth in the chest hidden in the cliff.
Next morning Ben went with Tuckerman to Cotterell Hall. “What do you
make of it, Ben?” said Tuckerman. “We don’t seem to be any nearer to
finding the treasure than we were when we first came here. I know you’ve
got some theory in that wise head of yours.”
Ben walked up and down the living-room. “Well,” he answered slowly, “I
think somebody has mixed up the trails. Let’s see how the matter stands.
We know that your Uncle Christopher thought there was a secret. We found
that out from the note in the frame of the picture.”
“Uncle Christopher knew there was a secret,” agreed Tuckerman. “I think
that’s very clear.”
Ben nodded. “What did we find next? Those jottings your uncle made in
his notebook.” Ben stopped at the secretary, took out the notebook,
turned to the marked page, and read aloud. “‘As regards the saying that
the hiding-place is just beyond the three pines that stand between two
rocks where the sun goes down, I have scoured and scoured the island,
and come to the opinion that the extreme southwestern point must be the
place intended, although to-day there are only two pines there. I have
dug at this place, but found only sand.’ That’s what your uncle wrote.
But he didn’t find the treasure at the southwestern point.”
Tuckerman smiled. “So far so good.”
Ben ran his eye down the page. “Now we come to this. ‘Find the
mahogany-hued man with the long, skinny legs and look in his breast
pocket. That’s a saying my father handed down. What can it mean?’ Well,
it seems to me that’s where the trails begin to get mixed.”
“Why, I thought we decided that referred to the mahogany secretary,”
said Tuckerman.
“So we did,” answered Ben. “But were we right? Let’s see. We looked in
the secretary and found a piece of parchment with half a message on it.
We couldn’t make out much from that. Then I read this in the notebook.”
He turned again to the page, “‘I’ve heard that the old clipper ship got
some of the cargo that the mahogany man carried. But if she did, what
use is that to us now? She sailed out of Barmouth Harbor during the
Revolution.’”
“I’ve always thought you were mighty clever in finding that model of the
clipper ship up in the attic,” said Tuckerman.
“Well,” agreed Ben, “I’m not denying that I was pretty well pleased with
that myself. But what did we learn? That James Sampson took a box to the
north cliff, meaning to put it on a boat, but found that there were some
people off shore in another boat and so hid the box in the rocks, and
that the rocks were marked like a cross. Very good. We found the place
and we found a box there. But there wasn’t anything very valuable in the
box when we found it.”
“That’s so,” Tuckerman assented. “But I don’t see any other clue to the
treasure.”
Ben was staring through the window at the trees glistening in the
sunlight. “I think that box was hidden in the cliff since we’ve been on
the island,” he said reflectively, “and I don’t believe that any of the
things in it ever came from Cotterell Hall.”
“You don’t!” exclaimed Tuckerman.
“And that means,” continued Ben, who was following the line of his own
thoughts, “that somebody was trying to set us on a wrong trail by hiding
those two pieces of parchment in this house.”
“But what object would anyone have in doing that?” Tuckerman asked. “I
can’t see any good reason for their taking so much trouble.” He
considered this idea for several minutes, while Ben continued his study
of the trees and the glimpse of blue water that was to be seen from the
window.
“And we thought we’d kept the problem of the Cotterell treasure pretty
much a secret,” Tuckerman said presently.
“Gigantic footprints, lady’s handkerchief, men prowling about the house
in the dark.” Ben chuckled softly. “That doesn’t look as if we had the
island much to ourselves, does it?”
“No,” Tuckerman admitted. “We haven’t kept up the Cotterell tradition
for exclusiveness.”
“Well,” said Ben, “if somebody has been trying to set us on a wrong
trail, the question is was it the giant, the lady, or the
night-prowlers? Or did the three belong to one party.”
“The lady is a stumbling-block,” nodded Tuckerman.
“If there were two parties,” said Ben, turning around, “my own opinion
is that it’s the giant and the lady who’ve been making game of us.”
“Benjamin, what are you driving at?”
For answer Ben laughed. “Never mind, Professor. If I should tell you
what’s in my mind, and it shouldn’t prove to be true, think how flat I’d
feel. And now I think it’s time we went back to camp if we’re going in
swimming before dinner.”
Just before sunset that afternoon the chug of a motor-boat broke the
stillness of the water around the island. The boat stole up to the
landing-stage and two men got out. They went up the walk toward
Cotterell Hall. “A beautiful mansion, Marmaduke,” said the man in the
white flannel suit to the one in brown jacket and knickerbockers.
“I agree with you, Roderick,” said the other. “I suppose you would like
to pick it up and carry it off to the Gables.”
“Not at all. But what is to prevent us from making use of it here? Sir
Peter Cotterell defying the people of Barmouth.” Roderick Fitzhugh
pointed in this direction and that, talking eagerly, until his companion
interrupted him with a whispered, “They’re coming up in their sailboat.”
The _Argo_ touched the landing-stage, and Fitzhugh and his friend went
out on the pier. “Hello, lads,” cried Fitzhugh. “We came out to take a
look at the famous island Ben told us about.”
“Did you learn anything about the thieves?” Tom called from the _Argo_.
“No, not yet. But we’ve got the local police scouring the country. I
don’t expect much from them,” added Fitzhugh. “What I hope is that the
rascals will make us another call.”
“We’ve been fishing,” said Ben. “Hope you’ll stay to supper.”
“Well,” said Fitzhugh, “I’ve got my guests at the Gables.”
“You wouldn’t take any excuse from me yesterday,” Ben retorted. “Turn
about’s fair play. You’ve never tasted Dave’s fried flounder.”
“That’s so, we haven’t,” said Marmaduke Midchester. “I vote to stay.”
They had supper on the beach, and afterwards Ben urged Midchester to
sing the song he had written.
“Oh, Master Ben,” Fitzhugh protested, “why break in on the evening
calm?”
“Go ahead,” said Tom. “We’d all like some music.”
“Music?” echoed Fitzhugh. “Who said anything about music? Well, if
you’re determined to have him commit the crime, on your own heads be
it!”
Midchester, who was a big man, stood up and sang in a deep bass, a song
about a knight who loved a lady but who rode off to the wars. It had a
spirited chorus, with many gestures, such as drawing a sword, waving a
hand, and shaking a knight’s banner. By the time that Midchester sang
the second chorus all the others were up, singing loudly and imitating
his motions. It ended in a final loud cheer that could be heard at least
a mile away.
“That’s better than I expected,” said Fitzhugh. “See, it scared the
geese.”
He pointed to the western sky, across which a distant triangle of wild
geese were flying.
“Now,” said Tuckerman, “I will give you a song of the sea as sung in the
prairie schooners of the west.”
He had a good voice, and his song was so popular that he had to give an
encore. Afterwards Fitzhugh said that he must take Midchester away or he
would break out again.
Good-nights were exchanged on the pier and the motor-boat headed south.
“Well,” said Tuckerman, “they’re a good pair of scouts. I don’t suppose
this island has heard so much noise since old Sir Peter’s day. I like
guests myself. And as there doesn’t seem any likelihood of finding the
Cotterell treasure, I don’t see why we shouldn’t keep open house.”
“Oh, we haven’t given up hope of finding it, have we?” asked Tom.
“Benjie hasn’t,” said David.
They all looked at the black-haired boy.
“Why, of course, I haven’t,” he answered calmly. “And the more people
who come out here to look for it, the more chance we have of finding it,
I think. You don’t suppose Fitzhugh and Midchester came here just to see
us, do you?”
“I bet they did,” said Tom.
“I bet they didn’t,” said Ben. “They took us in as a side-show on their
way to the big tent.”
XVI—THE CAMPERS CALL AT BARMOUTH
The _Argo_ was scudding along in a good breeze to Barmouth. Ben was
carving a small piece of wood into what he fancied was a resemblance to
a mermaid. David, his hands clasped behind his head, lounged in a
comfortable corner. Tuckerman was at the tiller, and Tom surveyed his
pupil through approving eyes.
“Professor, I think we’re ready to give you your diploma,” Tom said, as
he noticed the easy manner in which Tuckerman handled the sailboat.
“You’re an able seaman. I’ll give you an honor mark as a navigator.”
“And I’ll pass you as a first-rate cook,” said David, turning and
nodding his head. “You fried those eggs this morning just as well as I
could have, and praise can’t be higher than that.”
“You coax the fish right out of the sea,” said Ben, looking up from his
carving. “There was a time when I didn’t believe you’d ever learn to
bait a hook so the fish couldn’t nibble it off; but you can do it now.
I’ll graduate you as a competent fisherman.”
“And my swimming?” asked Tuckerman, his eye on the water curling over
the bow.
“Well, as to that,” said David, “you’re not exactly a merman, but you
can paddle along at a decent pace. Yes, we’ll call you a swimmer. I
should say you were a pretty good all-around fellow now, Professor.”
Tuckerman looked pleased. Praise from these three boys was very
satisfying. And he knew that what they said was not mere idle banter. He
had learned a great deal since he had been camping with them.
“Thanks,” he said. “To be able to sail a boat, to cook, to fish, to
swim—why, that’s more than I ever expected to learn when I came here
from the west. I tell you what! It was a great thing for me when I
decided to take a look at my Uncle Christopher’s island.”
“And what are you going to do with it now that you’ve seen it?” asked
Tom.
“I don’t know. I’ve got to go back to my home. I don’t suppose anyone
would want to live way out in the harbor nowadays. There’s not enough to
do there. But I hate to take all those fine old furnishings out of the
house. They belong there, and they don’t belong anywhere else.”
“There’s an old house out on the Boston road,” said Ben, “that the owner
keeps up as a sort of a museum. He has all the old furniture that was
used in colonial days. There’s a great deal of travel on that road in
summer, and he charges a quarter for every person that goes over the
house. There’s a care-taker, of course. I think she serves tea for a
quarter extra.”
“That’s an idea,” said Tuckerman. “Only my house isn’t on a main road.
It’s a rather hard place to reach.”
“All the better,” put in Tom. “People like excursions. We could put up
signs in Barmouth and all along the road. ‘Be sure to take the boat to
famous Cotterell Hall on Cotterell’s Island and hunt for the treasure!’
That would get them all right. You could charge as much as you like.”
“And Tom could run a ferry, and Ben be the care-taker and serve
ginger-ale at a dollar a glass,” suggested David.
“And you could cork your face and be the famous mahogany man from the
Barbadoes,” retorted Ben. “He’s a wonder in a minstrel show, Professor.”
“It sounds good,” Tuckerman agreed. “It’s certainly up-to-date. But
somehow I don’t feel that it’s quite dignified enough for Cotterell
Hall.”
“You can make it dignified enough,” said Tom, “by charging enormous
prices.”
Tuckerman laughed. “You’re right. You fellows are Yankees sure enough.
You make me feel like a greenhorn.”
“And think of the business it would bring to Barmouth,” said Ben,
putting the attempt at a mermaid into his pocket and sitting up
straight. “People who went to the island would probably have to spend
the night at the hotel. Why, you ought to be able to make a deal with
the proprietor to share his profits.”
“Ben’s started now,” exclaimed David. “Stop him somebody quick, or he’ll
be spending the money we’re making from the concern.”
“I think it’s a great idea,” Ben proceeded, as usual paying no attention
to David’s jibe. “It’ll put Barmouth on the map. ‘Cotterell Hall, the
most famous treasure house on the Atlantic Coast!’”
“I wish you wouldn’t use that word ‘treasure,’” Tom protested. “It has a
hoodoo sound.”
“And speaking of putting things on the map,” said Tuckerman, “here’s the
wharf ahead. Don’t get me all excited while I bring her up to the dock.”
The _Argo_ made a perfect landing. “Good enough,” said Tom. “That
couldn’t have been done better. Professor, you’re a dandy.”
They went up the main street and turned off to the elm-shaded lane where
the Halletts lived. They were going to call on Milly Hallett.
Milly was at home. She was, in fact, enjoying an afternoon nap in the
Nantucket hammock on the side porch when Tom spied her from the lane.
The sound of footsteps woke her, and seeing who was coming in at the
gate she swung her feet down from the hammock, smoothed her rumpled
skirt, and patted her fluffy hair. And because she still felt a trifle
piqued that Tom was having all the fun of camping on Cotterell’s Island,
she decided on the spur of the moment to be a little standoffish with
the callers.
“Hello, Milly,” said her brother, in the offhand way brothers have, “we
thought we’d come over to see how you were getting along.”
“Good afternoon, Mr. Tuckerman,” said Milly, standing up and giving that
gentleman the tips of her fingers. “I hope the boys are looking after
you all right on your island.”
“I can’t complain,” smiled Tuckerman. “We do as well as we can, without
any ladies to help us.”
“Won’t you sit down?” Milly invited politely.
Tuckerman took a chair, and the three boys, impressed in spite of
themselves by Milly’s society manner, perched on the rail of the porch.
“We were wondering,” said Tuckerman, “whether we could induce you to
come out to supper on the island. We hoped the simplicity of the meal
would be atoned for by the beauty of the scenery. I can promise you a
fine sunset.”
“Thank you for the invitation.” Milly swung gently back and forth. “Let
me see—what did I have on hand for this evening?”
“Oh, chuck it, Milly!” said Tom. “Of course you want to come along.”
“I remember now,” said Milly suavely. “I have a date with my friend
Sarah Hooper. There’s a new movie in town.”
“Well, of course,” said Tuckerman in a regretful tone, “we can’t compete
with a new moving-picture show.”
Milly smiled. “The boys are still giving you plenty of good food, are
they? And keeping you amused?”
David moved impatiently on his perch. “The Professor never got better
food anywhere. He says so himself.”
“I thought perhaps the menu might get a little tiresome,” Milly
suggested sweetly. “Boys are so apt to stick to one or two of the same
things when they have to cook for themselves.”
“We don’t,” grunted David.
“She knows we don’t,” said Tom. “I say, Milly, what’s your game?”
“Game?” Milly wrinkled her pretty nose. “I don’t know what you mean!”
She glanced again at Tuckerman. “Boys are funny creatures, aren’t they?”
The boys came down from the rail with one accord. Indignant replies were
on the tongues of each; but Milly pointed beyond them at the lane. “Here
comes Sarah Hooper now,” she said. “It’s just possible I can get her to
change our date.”
Up the path came the black-eyed girl, a yellow sweater on her arm.
“Hello, everybody!” she sang out, as she reached the porch. “What is it?
An experience meeting?”
“They want me to go to supper with them on Mr. Tuckerman’s island,” said
Milly. “I told them I had a date with you.”
“Perhaps Miss Sarah Hooper will join the party,” Tuckerman added
promptly. “We’d like her to.”
“Fine!” exclaimed Sarah. “I don’t know why I shouldn’t.”
“Milly said,” put in Tom, “that you and she were going to a new movie.”
A glance passed from Sarah to Milly, and Sarah nodded her head. “That’s
so,” she agreed. “I do remember we were.”
“However,” said Milly, “if Sally would really like to accept your
invitation, we can go to the movies some other time.”
There was a pause, for Sarah was not sure what her friend wanted her to
say; and then Ben broke the silence by pounding the porch-rail with his
fist. “By jiminy, girls are funny creatures, aren’t they? They’re crazy
to come, but they don’t want to admit it.”
“Oh!” began Milly. But Tuckerman interposed.
“The funnier people are, the pleasanter it is to be with them. We do
need the company of ladies on our island. We’ve only been seeing each
other, and sandpipers and gulls. It would be doing us a great favor if
these two ladies would come and freshen us up.”
“Well,” said Sarah, charmed by this gallant speech, “I’d be glad to
come. It’ll be a perfect evening.”
Milly got up from the hammock. “I’ll contribute a box of fudge.”
“That’s all that’s needed to make it complete,” said Tuckerman.
The girls went indoors, Milly to tell her mother about the party, and
Sarah to telephone to her house.
“Now,” said Tuckerman, on the porch, “we’ve got to give them as good a
time as they’d have had at the movies.”
“Milly wanted to come all along,” said Tom. “Why didn’t she say so?”
“I think,” answered Ben, “that she wanted to show us that she was having
just as good a time here at home as we were having in camp; and she knew
she wasn’t.”
Tuckerman smiled and nodded. “Ben’s hit it on the head. And that’s all
the more reason why we should see that they enjoy themselves this
evening.”
They all agreed to that line of reasoning, and the first result of it
was that they suggested to Milly that she should sail the _Argo_ back to
the island. She was very much pleased, and Milly, on her mettle, handled
the craft as skillfully as Tom could have done himself.
They landed, and Sarah said that she would like to see the island, since
all she had seen of it on her first visit had been Cotterell Hall and
the shore about the camp. So the boys and Tuckerman took their guests on
a regular tour, through the woods, where the russet-green pine-needles
made a clean and fragrant carpet, dappled with patches of sunlight;
along the little beaches, curves of yellow sand, where sandpipers played
and strutted, or flew in silver bands; up on the ramparts of cliffs,
against which the waves rolled in and slipped and slid in white cascades
over the low-lying ledges, and so to the southern point, where they
watched the sun setting in all its glory, tinting the sky and the sea in
wonderful combinations of shifting colors.
Then they went to the camp, where David made a marvelous fish chowder of
cunners and cod that Ben had caught that morning. And for dessert they
had apple fritters and Milly’s home-made fudge.
When it was time to take their guests back to Barmouth, Tom suggested
that they sail around the island. As they cruised up the ocean side they
saw a sail to the east. And after watching the distant boat intently for
some minutes David exclaimed, “I think that’s the fishing-smack that
took me from the cove to Gosport!”
Tom shifted the tiller, and the _Argo_ took a course toward the larger
boat. As they sailed, David, in answer to Milly’s questions, told of his
adventure with the crew of the smack.
To the northeast lay a small island, and the larger boat sailed around
its southern point. The _Argo_ kept up its chase, and presently came on
the fishing-smack at anchor off a half-moon beach.
The big boat stood silhouetted against the violet sky of the summer
night. It was too dark to distinguish figures on her deck. Apparently
she had come to anchor there for the night.
“How about it, Dave?” asked Ben. “Is that the craft that kidnapped you?”
“Looks like her picture,” was the answer.
“Want to hail your good friend Sam?” inquired Tom.
“No, I don’t,” said David. “He might throw something out here that the
girls wouldn’t like.”
“Oh, don’t mind us,” exclaimed Milly and Sarah in chorus.
“I don’t know what the smack—if it is Dave’s boat—is doing around
here,” said Tuckerman. “There can’t be much to steal from that island.”
For a time the _Argo_ bobbed about, but there came no hail from the
boat, no light appeared, she might have been a ship without a crew.
“Let sleeping hornets lie,” Tuckerman advised. And at the suggestion Tom
sheered away. The _Argo_ sailed up the shore of the island and pointed
her bow toward the twinkling lights of the town.
They were all enjoying the breeze, the star-sprinkled sky, the soft
swish of the water against the side of the boat when Ben, from a brown
study, spoke. “If the men on that smack are the thieves who broke into
Mr. Fitzhugh’s house, might they be hunting around here for the
Cotterell treasure?”
“Well, I wish them luck at finding it,” said David.
“Thieves who broke into Mr. Fitzhugh’s house!” cried Milly. “Oh, do tell
us about that!”
Then the whole story came out, and when she had heard it all Milly said
positively, “I think Ben’s right. They’re planning to steal something
from your island.”
“Hope they don’t take our cooking outfit,” said Tom.
“Or any of my fine old colonial furniture,” added Tuckerman.
“Oh, no,” scoffed David. “It’s the treasure they’re after.”
“Don’t you want to take our watch-dog back with you?” said Sarah. “He’s
fine at biting tramps.”
There was a laugh from the crowd. And they were still talking of ways of
protecting the island from prowlers when the sailboat ran up to the
wharf.
The campers escorted the girls to their homes and then went back to the
harbor.
On the waterfront they encountered a man—he had been a sea-captain in
his day—smoking a pipe and regarding the lights of the harbor. He knew
the boys. “Hello, Tom,” he said, “I hear you’re out on the island,
hunting for Sir Peter’s treasure.”
“Well, we’re camping on the island,” Tom admitted.
“Haven’t found the treasure yet, have you?” The mariner chuckled.
“There’s treasure hid all along the coast, if you believe the stories. I
was brought up on yarns about treasures, Captain Kidd’s and others. And
I’ve hunted for ’em, too. But I never laid my hands on none. Howsomever,
I always thought there might be something to the story about Sir Peter.
But it’s one thing to think there’s a treasure, and another to lay hands
on it.”
“Where would you look?” asked Ben.
The mariner reflected. “Well, if I was hiding a treasure I’d put it
where I could get it if I wanted it in a hurry. Seems to me I’d pick out
a place in the chimney-breast. I’ve heard of folks hiding things in
places like that.”
“Seems to me we’ve got to pull the house down,” said David. “And then
like as not we wouldn’t find it.”
“Might be so,” the mariner agreed. “It don’t pay to take too much
trouble hunting for things like that. But some people just have to.”
The four embarked in the _Argo_. “Ben’s one of the people that just have
to,” said David. “I guess he’ll pull the house down.”
“I hadn’t thought of the chimney-breast,” said Ben. “We’d better look
there to-morrow.”
“Go to it, Tige,” laughed David. “We’ll get out the pick-ax and
crow-bar.”
XVII—PETER COTTERELL
Next morning the four campers, following the suggestion made by the
sea-captain on the Barmouth wharf, resumed their search for the
Cotterell treasure. David treated the whole matter as a joke; he thought
that either the story about Sir Peter having hidden his silver plate was
a legend without any foundation in fact, or that one of the family had
found the treasure and disposed of it. Tom leaned to the same opinion,
although he did not say so as openly as did David, perhaps because he
saw that both John Tuckerman and Ben thought the treasure was yet to be
found. Ben was still as positive as ever, and argued that if Sir Peter’s
plate had ever been discovered that fact would certainly have been
mentioned in Crusty Christopher’s notebooks.
They examined the chimney-breast in the kitchen and dining-room, looking
for any possible hiding-place. They went all over the house again,
looking for any secret door or panel that they might have missed before.
They tapped the walls and they measured them; but nowhere could they
figure out such a place as they were hunting. Finally Tuckerman said, “I
don’t see how we can search anywhere else, unless we do as Dave
suggested—pull the house down—and I don’t want to do that.”
“The house is worth more than the treasure,” said Tom.
“That’s so,” Tuckerman agreed. He frowned and bit his lip. “I don’t like
to be stumped, that’s the long and short of it. I don’t like to admit
that I can’t work out the puzzle.”
“Puzzles never bother me,” said David. “I think they’re stupid things. I
never want to know the answer to any of the problems in the algebra
books. What good does it do you to know them? Of course some people get
so hipped over knowing the answers they can’t eat till they find them
out—whether a dog or a rabbit will reach a given point first, things
like that, or about men rowing a boat against the tide; but they don’t
get me the least little bit excited. Leave them to Benjie, I say.”
And that was what they did. They left Ben up in the attic, the last room
they had searched. Attics fascinated Ben. In a way they were like
puzzles; there were so many odds and ends that needed putting together.
He walked idly about, looking at chairs and tables that had lost some of
their legs, at statuettes that were broken and disfigured, until he came
to the window that opened to the east. There he stopped in a brown
study.
A distant sail caught his eye. It reminded him of something. Oh, yes,
from the window he could see the line of the little island where they
had found the fishing-smack at anchor the night before. He couldn’t tell
if this sail belonged to the smack; it was too far away; but the sight
of it started a train of thought he had been working over that morning.
He went downstairs and was glad to find that the others had left the
house. In the living-room he took the two pieces of parchment from the
drawer of the secretary and carefully copied the writing on them on a
large sheet of paper. This he laid on the lid of the desk and put an
inkstand on the paper. Then he returned the pieces of parchment to the
drawer.
Satisfied with this, he went outdoors and crossed the island to the
beach where he had found the chest. He sat on a log, and waited
patiently. Presently he saw a sail, to the east; and this time he felt
fairly sure that it was the same fishing-smack that they had chased the
previous night.
He jumped up and began to burrow in the crevice between the rocks. He
did not attempt to pull the chest out; it was too heavy for him to do
that unaided; but he kicked his heels and pushed himself in. And after a
while he pushed himself out again and stood up. Looking at the smack, he
decided that she was near enough for anyone on her deck to have
witnessed his strange performance.
The next step in his plan came when the dishes had been washed after
dinner. He proposed that they should sail over to the little island and
see if the smack was still in the neighborhood.
“After the thieves, are you?” asked David. “Now see here, my lad, if we
should find them, what then? Are you going to step aboard and tell them
they’re arrested?”
“Dave’s had enough of his friend Sam,” said Tom. “He thinks if Sam meets
him again he’ll get a belaying-pin on the back of his head.”
“Benjie wants to argue with them,” said David. “I’ll admit I’d like to
get square with the rascal, but I don’t see how we can do it that way.”
“If Dave’s sure it’s the same boat,” suggested Tom, “we might notify the
police at Barmouth.”
“Well,” said Ben, “the only way to make sure that Dave’s right is to
sail around and look at her in daylight.”
“That sounds sensible,” Tuckerman agreed. “We needn’t get into any kind
of a scrap with them.”
So the _Argo_ set sail and cruised eastward; but although she rounded
the other island several times that afternoon her crew caught no sight
of the bark they were looking for.
When they got back to their own island they found Lanky Larry and Bill
Crawford fishing from the pier. The canoe in which they had paddled over
from Camp Amoussock floated at the landing-stage.
“If you’re after cunners,” said Ben, “you ought to try the rocks on the
ocean side; if it’s flounders you’re trying to tempt you won’t find them
near the pier.”
“We didn’t really come over here to fish,” responded Bill, “but we
always carry a couple of lines in the canoe; that is, when it doesn’t
upset. We came over to invite you four fellows to the water sports
to-morrow morning. We’ve got a fine program, and you can enter any of
the events when you get there.”
“I guess the Professor will want to enter the tub-race,” said Tom with a
grin.
“Maybe I will,” agreed Tuckerman. “Well, mates, how about it? The
invitation sounds very good to me.”
Tom and David both nodded and said they would like to go. “You’d better
count me out of it,” said Ben. “I’ve got a date for to-morrow.”
“Date?” inquired Tom. “What sort of a date? With a lady or a man?”
“A date with myself.” Ben looked a trifle embarrassed. “I’ve got
something on hand I meant to do in the morning.”
“Shucks!” exclaimed David. “All right, Bill, we’ll be over right after
breakfast. And we’ll bring Benjie along. You might enter him in the
fancy diving contest.”
Bill and Lanky pulled in their fishing-lines and embarked in their
canoe. The campers started to get supper. But Ben, making an excuse that
he thought he must have mislaid his pocket-knife in the house, hurried
through the woods to the beach at the northern end. So far as he could
see no one had been there since he had left in the morning; the chest
was still in the crevice between the rocks.
That evening Ben prowled about the island. He went to Cotterell Hall, he
went to the beach at the north again, he kept a watchful eye for sails
in any quarter. When he came back to camp the other three had turned in.
And being very sleepy, he followed their example.
He was up at dawn next morning, and again made his rounds. The paper he
had placed on the lid of the secretary was apparently untouched, the
chest was still in the crevice. Breakfast was waiting when he returned.
“Now, Benjie,” said David, “get busy with the bacon. We’re going over to
Camp Amoussock, and we want you to show those fellows your famous
flip-flap.”
“You go along without me,” Ben urged.
“No, sir,” said David. “This is a sporting proposition, and it’s up to
every man to do his bit.”
So Ben went along with the others.
All of Camp Amoussock was in bathing-suits, and the four guests were
shortly attired likewise. Then began all sorts of water sports. Tom and
David and Ben went in for most of the swimming races and the diving
contests. Tom took second place in the fifty-yard race, and Ben won the
competition for fancy diving. When they came to the tub-race John
Tuckerman entered his name.
Amid shouts and cat-calls a dozen tubs set out from the float. The race
was to be around a buoy and back to the starting-place. Tuckerman
paddled easily, keeping his tub out of the course most of the others
were taking. Two tubs jostled, and two boys were upset into the water.
Bill Crawford rounded the buoy first, then a small, red-headed boy who
sat very still, barely patting the water with careful finger-tips.
“Here comes the Professor!” cried Tom from the beach. “Keep it up, keep
it up, Professor! You’re doing wonders!”
Tuckerman reached the buoy. He had found it fairly easy to keep a
straight course, but now he had to steer to the left. To do this he
tried to give a sidewise sweep with his foot. The tub rocked, rolled. He
attempted to counter-balance; and then he was in the water, splashing
about and trying to get hold of the tub.
He flopped up on one side, only to slip over on the other. The tub might
have been greased, so difficult was it to make the round thing stay in
one position for more than a minute. At last he gave up trying to make
it behave, and swam, pushing it before him, until he could touch bottom
with his feet.
“Never mind, Professor,” said David, as the bedraggled Tuckerman walked
up on the beach. “Many a man has found a tub-race his Waterloo.”
There were cheers from the float, and all turned to look. Bill Crawford
and the red-headed boy were now neck and neck. Someone shouted, “Now’s
your time to spurt, Bill!”
Bill spurted. His tub lost its balance; Bill somersaulted backward into
the water. The red-headed boy just managed to avoid Bill’s splashing and
paddled along more cautiously than ever, hardly touching the water now,
just directing his course with his fingers and toes.
Up to the float he came. He grasped the edge, and a moment later the boy
and the tub were on the float, and the race was won.
“The Tortoise wins!” cried Lanky. “Good old Tortoise! He may be slow,
but he gets there away ahead of the Hare.”
Then came dinner, and then the _Argo_ set sail again. “Now, Benjie,”
said David, “you can keep that date you were telling us about. My word,
but you look impatient.”
Ben was impatient. He sat in the bow, keeping a lookout for a certain
sail.
There were no boats to be seen, however, nearer than a three-masted
schooner that moved like a pasteboard ship along the rim of the horizon.
The _Argo_ appeared to have that part of the off-shore ocean entirely to
herself, and except for the swish of the water against her side there
was no noise to break the quiet of the summer afternoon.
The island stood out in its shades of green against the brilliant blue
sky. The house was a patch of white as the sailboat drew up to the pier.
The landing made, the four campers went ashore. Ben started up the path
toward the house, and the others, as people are apt to do when someone
leads the way, followed without any definite object in mind.
Ben had almost reached the front steps when the door of Cotterell Hall
opened. He stopped in surprise; and so did the other three.
A man in colonial costume, buff-colored coat and breeches, with a
three-cornered hat in his hand, stepped out at the front door.
The man made a bow and held out his hat in a gesture of welcome. “I give
you a good-day, gentlemen,” he said. “What fortunate chance brings you
to Peter Cotterell’s door?”
Tuckerman took it on himself to answer. Returning the bow, he said, “The
good ship _Argo_ has brought four adventurers to your island, worthy
sir. We trust we do not trespass.”
The gentleman in buff stood with his hat at his hip. “You’re not from
the town of Barmouth?” he asked.
“Oh, no,” said Tuckerman, and added, “Your island looked so inviting
that we made bold to come ashore.”
“I’m glad you’re not from Barmouth,” said the gentleman. “I have no
stomach for those folks, rebels against His Britannic Majesty’s lawful
government. To visitors such as you my island and my house are always
open. Will you come in and refresh yourselves?”
“You are very good, Sir Peter,” said Tuckerman, with a smile.
“Why do you call me ‘Sir Peter’?”
“I understood that was your title.”
The gentleman frowned. “I believe that some of the rebels call me that,
because of my loyalty to the King of England. However, it is an
honorable title. I have no objection. Yes,” he added, “you may call me
Sir Peter. I like the sound.”
“Well then, Sir Peter,” said Tuckerman, “I think we’ll accept your
invitation with the greatest pleasure.”
The gentleman on the step stood aside, and the four marched into the
house. Sir Peter indicated a room on the left. They went into the large
drawing-room, and Ben, casting a hasty glance at the secretary, saw that
the paper he had placed on the lid was still there.
“Be seated,” said Sir Peter. He stood for a moment near the portrait on
the wall, and the campers saw how much his face and figure and the cut
of his clothes resembled those of the man in the picture. He caught
their eyes comparing him with the portrait. “Yes, my picture,” he said.
“It’s considered a rather fair likeness.” And he added deprecatingly,
“Of course no one can ever judge a likeness of himself.”
He pulled a bell-rope that hung by the big fireplace. “I can offer you a
glass of negus,” he continued. “Something unusual, that I get from the
Barbadoes.”
A moment later a dark-skinned servant—mahogany-hued in fact—came into
the room and received his master’s orders.
“Will any of you take snuff?” asked Sir Peter, when the servant had
withdrawn. He produced a small silver snuff-box from his waistcoat
pocket.
He passed the snuff-box, but each of his guests declined. Ben, looking
up with a grin, asked, “Does your servant come from the Barbadoes, Sir
Peter?”
“Why yes, he does.” Sir Peter helped himself to a pinch of snuff, then
dusted his coat with a fine cambric handkerchief. “An excellent servant,
too. Indeed, I am much pleased with all my service, from my steward
James Sampson down.”
“James Sampson!” exclaimed Ben, his eyes dancing. “Where have I heard
that name before?”
At this point the servant reappeared, bearing a lacquered tray on which
were five glasses and a decanter. He set the tray on a table, and as Sir
Peter filled the glasses the servant handed them to the guests.
The refreshment was delicious. None of the boys had ever tasted anything
like it before, but all of them declared it fine. Sir Peter poured a
second glass all round, and then, when the servant had left again, the
gentleman in buff seated himself in an arm-chair, swung one leg over the
other, and beamed at his new friends. “As you say, the negus is
excellent,” he observed, “but several glasses will, to use a somewhat
common expression, begin to make one see things.”
“We’re seeing things already,” put in David.
Sir Peter disregarded this remark. He twisted his glass in his fingers.
“As it happens, I’m particularly glad that you arrived here to-day,” he
continued. “I have a number of guests here. I am giving an entertainment
this evening. The guests are at present on the upper floors.”
There was a light tap of heels in the hall. Sir Peter looked toward the
door. “Here comes one of them—a lady.” He stood up, and the campers did
likewise. “Ah, it’s Mistress Penelope Boothby,” Sir Peter declared with
a bow.
A young woman stood in the doorway, a very lovely young woman in a
flowered silk gown. She courtsied down to the floor, then with a light
laugh exclaimed, “Oh la, Peter Cotterell, whom have you here? What odd
costumes the gentlemen wear!”
XVIII—THE PIRATES ASHORE
The gentleman in buff coat and breeches turned from the young woman in
the doorway to the four campers, who as they glanced at their own rough
outing clothes did look like a line of embarrassed schoolboys standing
in front of a teacher.
“Now that you mention it, Penelope,” said Peter Cotterell, “I do note a
difference between the garments of these lads and this gentleman and
those we are accustomed to seeing worn by our neighbors. I understand,
however, that they come from a distance, and one would hardly expect
costumes to be the same in all the colonies. It occurs to me that
possibly my new guests might like to make fresh toilets in one of the
rooms abovestairs. I have a large wardrobe, gentlemen, and it is yours
to choose from.”
“That’s a good idea,” said Tom. “I wonder if you have anything big
enough to fit my friend David Norton?”
“When in Rome, do as the Romans do,” said Tuckerman. “I’m sure I could
pick out something much better looking than these togs.”
The young woman stepped into the room. Her blue eyes were very merry as
she looked at the awkward row. “I think an apricot coat would suit this
one,” she said, nodding at Ben. “Something in puce this one,” she
indicated Tom. “Lavender for him,” she waved at Tuckerman. “And for the
fourth—let me see—” She squinted her eyes and tilted her head on one
side.
“A beautiful green,” Ben suggested. “The color of seaweed in water.”
Miss Boothby laughed, and David flushed a magnificent scarlet.
“He certainly oughtn’t to wear a red coat,” said Peter Cotterell. “He’d
be too much all of one color.”
“I like these things I’ve got on,” said David. “They mayn’t be very
good-looking, but they suit me first rate.”
“Oh, I like them, too,” agreed Miss Boothby, and her quick smile made
David flush again, this time at the stubbornness of his tone.
“If you care to look at my wardrobe—” Cotterell resumed. “Ah, here is
James Sampson now.”
At the door appeared a man in chocolate-colored coat and breeches, his
brown hair tied in a queue.
“My steward,” stated Cotterell.
“So you’re Sampson, are you?” asked Ben. “I’ve heard of you, and I’m
glad to make your acquaintance. I think I’ve seen some of your
handwriting.”
“He writes a legible hand,” said Cotterell. “He keeps some of my
accounts. Sampson, please show my guests to the rooms upstairs. They
desire to change their attire.”
Miss Boothby touched David’s arm. “For my sake wear a suit of green,”
she whispered.
David blushed. “Oh, very well,” he said awkwardly. “But I guess I’ll
look like a frog.”
They followed Sampson into the hall and up the stairs. As they passed
open doors they saw a number of people in gay, colonial clothes. All
through the house there was the hum of voices.
Sampson conducted them into the attic, where many suits and dresses hung
on pegs along the walls.
“Here is the wardrobe,” he said. “I think you will find everything you
may need. And yonder is a mirror.” With a bow he withdrew.
“Well,” exclaimed David, when the servant was out of earshot, “what do
you make of all this?”
“Sir Peter is certainly much more amiable than I’d been led to suppose,”
mused Tuckerman. “There’s nothing of the hermit about him.”
“He’s a bird!” chuckled Tom. “I’ll bet he gives us a mighty fine
supper.”
“I don’t blame him a bit for wanting to keep those roughnecks over in
Barmouth from melting up his silver,” Ben asserted.
“See here, you fellows,” broke in David, “I want to know what’s the
game.”
“Game?” echoed Ben.
“Game?” said Tom. “What do you mean?”
“Game?” repeated Tuckerman, and his tone was a trifle indignant. “I
don’t call it a game when a gentleman like Sir Peter Cotterell invites
us to his party.”
David sat down on a sofa. “All right, all right. I’m the goat, as usual.
Fetch me a green coat and trousers.”
“I daresay Miss Boothby will dance with you,” Tom cheered him.
“_You_ may like this sort of thing,” said David, “but it’s not in my
line.”
Ben threw a coat at him. “Take that. Hello, here’s a shelf full of wigs.
Want to try a white one, Dave?”
For the next five minutes they looked about the room, at the coats and
the breeches and waistcoats, at the wigs and the other articles that
made up Sir Peter’s wardrobe.
Then they began to try on the costumes, seeking for the proper sizes.
Ben could find nothing that suited him exactly. And while they were
trying on different coats, there came a sound of singing from
downstairs.
Ben, holding a coat in each hand, went into the hall and leaned over the
banisters. Men and women were singing a quaint, old-fashioned song in
the dining-room. The tune was fascinating, at times it sounded like a
jig, at times there were different parts for the different voices. Ben
listened, nodding his head in rhythm with the music. “You ought to hear
this,” he called over his shoulder to the three in the attic. “It’s a
regular musical show.”
The others came out into the hall. Tuckerman beat time on the banister
with a powdered wig he had been trying to squeeze on his head. Tom,
putting his hands on David’s shoulders, began to dance to the tune.
With a grin, Ben turned and went back to the attic. “I’ll beat them to
it,” he muttered, and flinging down the two coats he was holding he took
a yellow satin coat, embroidered with silver lace, from a peg on the
wall.
This coat was a fine sample of the tailor’s art. But Ben, having taken
it down, stared at the peg from which it had hung, and at the wall
behind it.
He gave an exclamation, a low whistle of surprise. He knocked on the
wall with his knuckles. He glanced through the open door, and saw that
the others were still occupied with the singing. He backed away from the
wall, still keeping his eyes on it. And then he stumbled over a
footstool and sat down with a bump on the floor.
He got up and laid the embroidered coat on a chair by the window. He
looked outdoors. And then for the second time in five minutes he uttered
an exclamation. The fishing-smack was standing close inshore on the
eastern side of the island. He could see her moving slowly to the north,
her canvas plainly visible above the tops of the trees.
“Gee whillikins!” muttered Ben. “I’ll bet my scheme worked!”
Another minute and he was out in the hall. The singing downstairs had
stopped and there was a clapping of hands.
“Come here!” ordered Ben.
The other three followed him into the attic, to the window opening to
the east.
“Is that your fishing-smack, Dave?” Ben demanded.
David looked. “By Jove, I believe it is!”
“Do you want to know where she’s going?” was Ben’s next question.
“Shoot,” said Tom.
“She’s going to the beach where I found the chest in the hiding-place in
the rocks. Her crew are after that chest, I’ll bet you a fiver!”
The three stared at him in surprise. “What makes you so certain?” asked
Tuckerman.
“Because I know. I have reasons for knowing. They’re after that chest.
They think it’s the Cotterell treasure, just as I thought it was.”
“You mean they’re going to land on our beach and carry off our chest
under our very noses?” demanded Tom.
“They are unless we stop them,” nodded Ben.
“Then,” said David, “I’m going to stop them. Seems to me there was an
old musket somewhere around here.”
There was an old musket in the corner of the attic; there were two, in
fact; and a fowling-piece and a couple of antique duelling-pistols. The
boys and Tuckerman seized on all the firearms, regardless of the rust
that came off on their clothes, and hurried into the hall.
Down the stairs they went, making a great noise. And the clatter of
their feet was so loud that the gentleman in buff and all his friends
ran out from the dining-room to see what was the matter.
“Why, it’s an army coming!” cried Peter Cotterell in great surprise.
The four halted in the front hall.
“What’s the meaning of this!” exclaimed Cotterell. “I invited you to
share my wardrobe, not to ransack the house for weapons. Come, will one
of you please explain?” Indignation mingled in his tone with surprise.
“There’s a boat off-shore, and her crew is going to land on the beach at
the northern point and steal your treasure chest,” said Ben.
“My treasure chest! My silver plate!” Cotterell raised his hand,
clenched it into a fist. “Those rascally rebels from Barmouth!”
“I don’t know where they come from,” said Ben. “But we’re going to chase
them away.”
“Chase them away?” Cotterell spurned the suggestion. “No, sir. We’ll
capture them.”
He looked around at his guests. “Gentlemen, what do you say? Would you
like to bag a few robbers?”
There were shouts of approval.
“Not so loud, not so loud,” said Cotterell. He turned to the boys and
Tuckerman. “Can you spare us a few of those extra musquetoons, or
whatever they are, that you found abovestairs? With those, and the
fencing swords in the living-room, and a few other odds and ends, we
should do quite nicely. I have a pistol myself. I never go without it in
these revolutionary days. Let me see. I left it in the kitchen, in a pot
on the shelf, where it would be out of the way.”
The firearms were handed around, and shortly a group of
fantastically-garbed people stood in front of the house. The campers and
Cotterell and Sampson were to lead the expedition, and some of the
ladies insisted on bringing up the rear.
They had not gone far, however, when Sampson suggested a new idea to the
others, and after a few minutes’ talk Cotterell’s steward and two of the
other men left the main party and turned off in the direction of the
creek.
Through the woods went the expedition, a long line of people following
Ben, who had a musket almost as long as himself stuck over his shoulder,
which necessitated his constantly ducking and dodging to avoid
overhanging branches.
When they reached the northern edge of the woods they divided into three
bands. One was headed by Ben and David, the second by Tom and Cotterell,
and the third by Tuckerman. Each band was to make its way down to the
beach in front of the rocks by a different path, but not to come out
from the shelter of the bushes in the ravines until its leader was sure
that the crew from the fishing-smack had landed and were looking for the
chest. The ladies were to stay in the woods. To this Miss Penelope
Boothby objected. She said that with the riding-crop she had picked up
in the house she could easily defend herself against a dozen pirates.
Cotterell said, “I’m sure you could, my dear Penelope. But the bright
colors of your gown might give us away. And if we have to crawl through
the brambles, what would happen to your light silk dress?”
Ben and David, with two men, threaded their way down a ravine to a
network of bushes that fringed the edge of the beach. From here, without
being seen themselves, they could see what was going on. The
fishing-smack had come to anchor a hundred yards off shore, four men had
rowed to the island and were now on the beach. Pointing to one of these
men, David whispered in Ben’s ear, “That’s my friend Sam. I’d know his
ugly mug anywhere.”
“They’re after the chest,” Ben returned. “Yes, they’ve found the right
place. See, one of them’s crawling in, with a rope in his hand.”
Three bands of watchers, at three places along the beach, saw the crew
of the smack haul the chest out from the crevice. As soon as they had it
out they threw open the top. And as they all bent over, eager to lay
hands on the Cotterell treasure, a voice hailed them from a clump of
bushes not fifty feet away.
“Throw up your hands!” cried the voice. “Throw them up quick!”
The crew stood up. They saw a man in buff coat and breeches facing them,
a pistol in his hand.
“Up with your hands!” cried another voice from a bush on the other side.
The crew hesitated a second. One of them glanced over his shoulder.
“They’ve got us cornered!” he muttered, and stuck his hands up over his
head.
The three scouting parties marched out on to the beach. The muskets and
firearms were leveled at the four men round the chest.
“It’s a regular army!” exclaimed one of the crew. And putting on as much
of an air of bravado as he could with his hands above his head, he
demanded, “What do you want of us? We’re not stealing anything. We found
that chest here.”
“Keep your hands up!” cautioned Cotterell, as he walked forward. “As you
say, you’re surrounded by an army. And while your hands are up, I’ll ask
some of my friends to see if you have weapons in your pockets.”
The search was quickly made, and each man relieved of a pistol.
“Now,” said Cotterell, “you may ease your muscles. But let me tell you
the first one who tries to get away will be knocked down and
handcuffed.”
“All right. We’ll go easy,” said the man who was known to David as Sam.
“But I don’t know what you’re after. We came ashore and saw this box in
that crack in the rocks.”
“It’s my box,” said Cotterell. “I own everything on this island.”
“Well, take it if it’s yours,” growled Sam. “We don’t want it. I thought
a box on the beach was public property.”
“You think a good many things are public property,” Cotterell retorted.
He looked at Ben and David. “Have either of you seen this man anywhere
before?”
“I have,” said David. “He’s the fellow who carried me off in that boat
out there.”
“Has anybody here seen any of these other men?” Cotterell asked next.
Tom spoke up. “I’m pretty sure they’re the fellows Lanky Larry and I
followed from the cove to the house called the Gables.”
“And what are they suspected of having done at the Gables?” continued
Cotterell.
“Of stealing some jewels,” said Tom.
The man in the buff coat nodded. “In other words, they are probably not
very desirable citizens to have at large. I think it’s my duty to give
them into custody.”
“Oh, come now,” said Sam. “You don’t really know anything about us.
There’s your chest. You see we haven’t taken anything from it. We were
sailing along the coast and we came ashore to have a look at the island.
That’s a reasonable thing to do.”
“You haven’t any right to arrest us!” exclaimed one of the other men.
“You haven’t got a warrant. And who’s going to believe what that young
fellow said about seeing us somewhere else?”
“Perhaps we can supply the authorities with further proof,” said
Cotterell with a smile.
There came a shout from someone on board the fishing-smack, and all
those on the beach looked in that direction. A man was waving a
handkerchief over the side of the boat.
XIX—THE COTTERELL SILVER PLATE
While the campers and Cotterell and his guests had been making prisoners
of the four men on the beach, the steward Sampson and the two others who
had separated from the main party had embarked in a motor-boat that was
moored in the creek and made their way out to the fishing-smack. To the
surprise of the skipper, who was the only man aboard, two men in
fantastic knee-breeches had swung themselves over one side of his boat
while he was idly surveying the northern point of the island from the
other side. He turned to find himself looking at the muzzle of the most
remarkable pistol he had ever seen. Being unarmed himself, he had
immediately put up his hands. Whereupon the two men had smiled, and the
one with the pistol, lowering that ancient weapon, had said, “That’s a
good fellow. Is there anyone else aboard?”
“No,” said the skipper, not wanting to have the smack searched.
“Take a look through his clothes for a weapon,” the man with the pistol
said to his companion.
No weapon was found. The man in the motor-boat came aboard, and two of
the men went into the smack’s cabin, while the third guarded the
skipper.
When the two returned from the cabin some time later, one of them went
to the rail and shouted and waved his handkerchief toward shore. And
presently Cotterell and Tom, David and Ben rowed out in the smack’s
boat.
In the cabin were the hats and cloaks and the other things that Tom and
Lanky had seen in the shack at the cove. Sampson set out at once in the
motor-boat for Barmouth, and before the sun had touched the tops of the
trees the four men on the beach and the skipper were in custody of the
police, charged with having stolen certain valuables from the Gables.
“Well,” said Cotterell, when he and his guests were again on the island,
“my treasure is still secure from the rebels, thanks to you,” and he
bowed to the campers.
“Oh, is your famous dinner-set really in that chest?” asked Miss
Penelope Boothby. She went to the chest and looked at its contents.
“Why, it’s only clothes and bric-a-brac! There’s no silverware there.”
“No,” said Cotterell, smiling. “That is not my silver plate. I keep it
better hid than that.”
“Oh, do let us dine off it to-night,” begged Miss Boothby. “I should
dearly love to see it.”
Cotterell looked perplexed. “Why, I should like you to,” he answered.
Then he glanced at the sun. “But the party waits. And it was my
intention to dance a minuet on the lawn before my house while it was
daylight. Come, friends, come along with me.”
They went back through the woods. The boys and Tuckerman branched off by
the path to their camp, promising to come to Cotterell Hall in time to
join the party. And, once out of hearing of the others, David turned to
Ben. “You’re a cute fellow, Benjie. How’d you ever guess that the men
from the smack would go after that chest?”
“I don’t mind telling you now,” said Ben with a grin. “I was pretty sure
that those men were snooping around the house, looking for clues to the
treasure, and so I put a copy of that message on the parchment out on
the lid of the desk, where they couldn’t very well fail to see it. Then
I went down on the beach by the cliff when the smack was fairly near
shore, and tried to give them the notion that I was looking for
something. Well, they bit all right. They thought the treasure was
hidden there, just as I thought myself when I first saw Sampson’s
message.”
“I’ll hand it to you, sonny,” said Tom. “You turned the trick! And
that’s the crowd that stole the jewels from the Gables, just as I
thought.”
“They stole some of Mr. Fitzhugh’s costumes,” said Ben. “It seems to me
that the fact that we found those costumes in the cabin shows what
they’ve been doing.”
They sat on the bank a few minutes, talking over the adventure. Then
Tuckerman stood up. “Well, we’re due at Cotterell Hall. Wash your hands
and brush your hair, so you’ll look your smartest.”
“Do you suppose we’ll have to dance?” asked David, as he ran a comb
through his thatch of hair.
“I think that one of the ladies has her eye on you,” said Tuckerman,
laughing. “However, if you’ve got a game leg, I’ll be glad to take your
place.”
As they reached the house Peter Cotterell came out at the door. Behind
him were Miss Boothby and Sampson. “My wardrobe is still upstairs,” the
buff-coated man said genially. “Make what use of it you please.”
This time the campers found costumes quickly. Even Ben, who kept looking
at the row of pegs from which he had taken down the yellow satin coat,
got into that coat and a pair of breeches. There was the sound of a
violin in front of the house, and as they came down the steps they found
the whole party taking places for a dance.
“I’m afraid we don’t know the minuet,” said Tuckerman, hesitating.
“Oh, it’s easy enough,” said the host. “I’ll call off the figures.”
Ben gave Tom a nudge, and pointed out two men who stood at a little
distance with a big camera. “Sir Peter’s up to date,” he whispered. “I
guess it’s the first time anyone ever took moving-pictures on
Cotterell’s Island.”
Meantime Miss Boothby had gone up to David and boldly proclaimed that he
was to dance with her. The suit that David had put on in the attic
happened to be green, and when she reminded him that that was the color
she had asked him to wear he turned beet red and stammered something
about “trying to please a lady.”
[Illustration: “My wardrobe is still upstairs. Make what use of it you
please.”]
“We will stand near Mr. Cotterell, and I will show you all the steps,”
she said. “I could tell you were very light on your feet the very first
time I saw you.”
“Well, I can pick them up pretty well in a clog or a shuffle,” admitted
David.
“I knew it! I knew it!” exclaimed the delighted Miss Boothby; and
pouncing on David’s hand she led him to where Peter Cotterell was
assigning places to the dancers.
Tom and Ben and Tuckerman all had partners. The violin began to play,
and Cotterell led off the dance. The host was very graceful and so was
the lady he danced with, and they posed and bowed and courtsied
constantly as they went through the stately measures of the minuet. The
others copied their leaders, and after a few minutes’ practice contrived
to do it well. Meantime the camera clicked, taking reels of pictures of
the old-fashioned dance.
There was a final bow and courtesy, a final posing in position. Then
Cotterell raised his hand. “That was beautifully done, my friends,” he
said. “Surely my island home has never witnessed a more graceful scene.
I trust you have all gained an excellent appetite for dinner.”
“What a gorgeous sunset!” exclaimed Miss Boothby, looking toward the
water.
They all moved down in the direction of the pier. As they came in view
of the broad and many-colored bay they saw a sailboat heading for the
landing. Cotterell stopped and again raised his hand. “Can it be that
the people of Barmouth are coming out here again?” he demanded
indignantly. “I’ll have nothing to do with them, and they know it! I
will not give them my plate!”
The sailboat came on. Cotterell, followed by the others, walked out on
the pier.
“What do you want?” called out the buff-coated man. “This is Cotterell’s
Island.”
“We know it is,” answered a man in the boat. “Who are you? You look like
Sir Peter.”
“I don’t want any rebels from Barmouth landing here,” came the reply.
“There aren’t any rebels nowadays. We won the Revolution.”
“You shan’t have my silver plate.”
There were laughs from those in the boat. “We don’t want it. We’ve
brought paper plates of our own.”
“Well,” said Cotterell, “this is most extraordinary!” He turned to his
guests. “Shall I let them land?”
“We’ve got an ice cream freezer aboard,” called a girl in the boat.
“Fresh strawberry ice cream.”
“Yes,” said Miss Boothby, at Cotterell’s elbow, “we’ll let them land
with that cargo.”
The sailboat touched the landing-stage, and two men, two women and two
girls got out. “Hello, Benjie,” cried Milly Hallett, waving her hand to
the dark-haired boy. “What grand company you’ve got!”
The arrivals were Mr. and Mrs. Hallett and Mr. and Mrs. Hooper and Milly
and Sarah. They went up on the pier, where Tom introduced them to Peter
Cotterell.
Mr. Hallett looked at the company. “I’d no idea, sir,” he said,
addressing Cotterell, “that your island was entertaining so many guests
to-day. I wish I’d brought a dozen gallons of strawberry ice cream.”
“You are welcome anyhow, Mr. Hallett,” answered Cotterell graciously. “I
think perhaps I can supply any deficiency.” He turned to his steward.
“Sampson, will you bring Mr. Hallett’s ice cream freezer up to the
Hall?”
“Oh, no, Sir Peter,” protested Mr. Hallett. “We were going to have a
simple picnic supper outdoors.”
The buff-coated gentleman bowed. “Your pardon, sir; but I am the
overlord here. Those whom I allow to land on my island are my guests
during their stay. You must dine at my board.”
Peter Cotterell offered his arm to Mrs. Hallett, and led the way up to
the house. Sampson and Tom brought up the rear, carrying the ice cream
freezer.
They all went into the large front room. “Dinner in half-an-hour,”
announced the host.
“That reminds me,” said Miss Boothby; “since we’re all friends here,
aren’t you going to offer us dinner from your silver plate?”
“Really, Penelope,” expostulated Cotterell, “you repeat yourself. That’s
the second time this afternoon you’ve mentioned the same idea.”
“It seems only hospitable,” pouted Miss Boothby.
Cotterell looked at the floor. “Well, you see,” he began. “You see——”
The lady interrupted. “I believe you’ve forgotten where you put it!”
There was an awkward pause. Cotterell flushed, bit his lip.
“Well, if he has,” piped up Ben, “he’s only mislaid it. I think I can
show him where it is.”
Everyone turned to look at the fellow who spoke with such confidence.
John Tuckerman stared, and so did Tom, while David gave a low whistle
and muttered, “It’s just like Benjie to do something ridiculous.”
Cotterell smiled. “I am a great hand at mislaying things—it’s my
besetting sin. Now I would be very much obliged if you would show me
where I did put that silverware.”
“How funny,” said Miss Boothby, “that a total stranger should know. I
understand that he came here for the first time this afternoon.”
“What joke is he going to play on them?” Tuckerman whispered to Tom. “I
can’t imagine what he’s got in mind.”
“He’s putting up a good bluff,” Tom whispered back. “He looks very much
in earnest.”
And Ben did look as if his statement had been perfectly reasonable. He
nodded at Cotterell. “You may be a great hand at mislaying things—I
don’t know much about that; but I do know that you’re a wonder at hiding
them.”
“That’s so, I am,” agreed the buff-coated man with a pleased chuckle. “I
can hide things so well that very often I don’t know where to look for
them myself.”
“Well,” said Miss Boothby, “where is the silver? It’s almost time for
dinner.”
Ben bowed, imitating the courtly manner of Cotterell. “Ladies and
gentlemen,” said he, “if you will be so good as to fall into line behind
me, I will endeavor to answer Miss Boothby’s question.”
Like the Pied Piper of Hamelin, Ben, in his yellow satin coat and
knee-breeches, went into the hall and up the stairs, followed by
Cotterell, Penelope Boothby, Milly and Sarah, Tuckerman, Tom and David,
and a line of men and women.
He led them into the attic. When they were all in the big room he
pointed to the wall along which ran the row of pegs from one of which he
had taken the coat.
“Now,” he said, “please tell me what you see.”
“A wall,” answered Milly promptly, “with some pegs to hang things on.”
“Miss Hallett is certainly right,” said Tuckerman. “There may be some
cobwebs, too, up under the ceiling. Do you mean the cobwebs, Ben?”
“There are lots of more interesting things here,” said Sarah, looking
around. “There’s that lovely green lacquered temple.”
“Don’t joke with the magician, Sally,” David admonished her. “He wants
you to look at those pegs.”
“No, that particular wall is the most interesting thing in this attic,”
Ben declared stoutly. “I think it’s the most interesting thing in the
house.”
They all looked where he pointed, but none of them caught what he was
driving at.
“Why, Professor Tuckerman,” said Ben, “I thought you were a better
observer.”
“Well, I don’t see anything but the pegs and some rather dingy
wallpaper,” Tuckerman confessed.
“Ah, now you’re talking! You do see the wallpaper, do you?” Ben
continued.
“Of course,” said Tuckerman. “It’s the pictured kind, like that in the
rooms downstairs.”
“Oh, no, it’s not,” exclaimed Ben. “There’s not another piece like that
in Cotterell Hall.”
“Is that so?” said Tuckerman. “Well, it represents some sort of outdoor
scene.”
“I think those are meant to be pine trees,” Cotterell put in.
“And that looks like a sunset,” Miss Boothby contributed. “Though some
of the red has rubbed off.”
Ben bobbed his head. “And those yellowish things are rocks.” He stepped
up to the wallpaper and pointed with his finger. “Three pines that stand
between two rocks where the sun goes down.” He turned. “Does that convey
anything to you, Professor?”
“By Jove! You’re right! So it does!” Tuckerman exclaimed. “That was the
old saying! The hiding-place is just beyond the three pines that stand
between two rocks where the sun goes down.”
“Exactly!” said Ben, in a quiet tone of triumph. He rapped on the wall
with his knuckles. “It’s wood. Mr. Cotterell, have you any objection to
our taking this part of the wall down?”
“None in the least,” answered Cotterell. “Sampson, will you be so good
as to get some chisels and hammers? I think you’ll find them in the
little room to the right of the kitchen.”
While Sampson went on his errand Ben and Tom and Tuckerman fingered that
part of the wall that was bounded by the picture. They found the edges
of two boards, running from floor to ceiling, and when they had peeled
off the paper that concealed these edges they discovered there was a
panel.
Sampson returned with a couple of chisels and hammers. Wedging the
chisels in between the boards and giving a couple of light blows, he
pried the panel loose. Ben pulled it away. Behind it, under the eaves of
the house, was a compartment. And in the compartment was a big square
box.
Ben and Tom and Tuckerman pulled the box out into the attic. It was
fastened with a single lock. Hammer and chisel soon knocked the lock
off. Tuckerman raised the lid. “Yes, it’s the Cotterell silver plate!”
he cried. “By Jove, we’ve found it now!”
They handed the plate around, magnificent old silverware that was worth
a small fortune. And they were still admiring it when a dinner gong
sounded downstairs.
XX—SIR PETER’S PARTY
When none of his guests could eat any more of the delicious ice cream
that topped off a wonderful dinner, the buff-coated gentleman rose from
his chair at the head of the table. They had dined from the famous
Cotterell silver service, and the candles that now illuminated the
shining mahogany table were fastened in exquisite candlesticks that had
been in the treasure chest.
The buff-coated gentleman raised a glass that stood beside his plate.
“My friends,” he said, “our guests from Barmouth tell us that the
Revolution is over; so there would be no object in keeping the Cotterell
treasure hidden any longer. But it was well hidden. So well hidden
indeed that it required a genius like Benjamin Sully to find out where
it was. I propose a toast to that master detective, Benjamin Sully.”
All, except Ben, lifted their glasses and drank, nodding at the
dark-haired boy.
Then Ben stood up. “I propose a toast to Sir Peter,” he said, “who
surely does know how to give people a good time.”
That toast was drunk also. Then Tuckerman got to his feet. “Sir Peter, I
am proud of you,” he said. “I don’t believe a more delightful party was
ever given in Cotterell Hall.”
The man at the head of the table smiled. “I’m glad to hear you say that,
John Tuckerman,” he responded. “For, in a way, I felt that to-night I’d
been usurping a place that was rightfully yours. For, of course, this is
your house, and this is your silver plate.”
“Then who are you?” piped up Sarah Hooper from the foot of the table.
“I think he’s Roderick Fitzhugh,” said Tom, who sat beside Sarah.
“I think he’s Mr. Joseph Hastings,” volunteered Ben.
The buff-coated gentleman nodded, “You are both right. Joseph Hastings,
Roderick Fitzhugh, and Peter Cotterell. I’m quite a versatile fellow.
I’ve a passion for acting, to tell the truth.”
“I thought you were Joseph Hastings,” said Ben, “when I met you at the
Gables.”
“Yes, that’s my right name. But Roderick Fitzhugh sounded so much more
romantic. And I’d invited a houseful of guests to help me act a play I’d
written for the moving-pictures. We all took the names we were to have
in the play.” He pointed to Penelope Boothby. “She was the fair Maid
Rosalind. And my steward Sampson yonder was Sir Marmaduke Midchester.
And we liked our costumes so much that we wore them most of the time.
That’s how I happened to be in Lincoln green when Master Ben drove up.”
“And it was the snuff-box you bought in Barmouth that I found in the
chest in the cliff,” asserted Ben. “How did it happen to come there?”
Joseph Hastings pushed his chair back from the table and crossed his
legs. “That’s quite a long story. But I suppose you’d like to hear it. I
have a friend who knows John Tuckerman very well, and he wrote me that
Tuckerman had come here to take possession of this island and its house.
That sounded very interesting. So I came over here in my motor-boat with
Martin Locke—that’s Sir Marmaduke, alias Sampson, and Miss Adelaide
Lawson—that’s Penelope Boothby—it was a day or two before you campers
arrived—and we found we could open one of the drawing-room windows and
get into the house that way. Then we discovered the note stuck in the
picture frame, and so we learned there was a secret about a family
treasure.”
“And you left the window open a little when you went out,” put in Tom.
“That’s how it happened that Ben’s candle blew out.”
“Did we?” said Hastings. “I didn’t know we did that. But we found some
wax and took an impression of the key-hole in the front door, and I had
a key made to fit it in Barmouth. I thought we’d have some fun with John
Tuckerman and his friends.”
“You did, all right,” said Tuckerman. “I’ll forgive you for making that
key. I suppose that’s what those men from the fishing-smack did when
they broke in here.”
“I’m sorry if I set a bad example,” Hastings answered. “But they didn’t
learn the trick from us. Well, a day or two later we three came back
again.”
“You landed from the creek?” Ben asked.
“Yes; we didn’t want you to see us, and the creek was on the other side
of the island from your camp.”
“And one of you took off his shoes before he landed?” Ben questioned
again.
“Yes, Martin did. He carried Miss Lawson ashore.” Hastings laughed. “You
saw his footprints, didn’t you? We thought you might find them, so we
came back later and rubbed them out.”
“Gigantic footprints,” murmured David.
They all laughed, while Martin Locke blushed red.
“Yes, they are pretty big,” Hastings continued. “Well, when we came that
time we found the notebooks in the drawing-room. Miss Lawson glanced
through them, and read that part about a mahogany man with long, skinny
legs and the clipper ship. We got an old piece of parchment and some
purplish ink and we wrote out that message and signed it James Sampson.
Then we cut it in two and put one-half in the secret drawer of the
secretary and the other half in the model of a ship in the attic. We
wanted to find out just how clever you were. We thought you might take
the desk to be the mahogany man.”
“We got the idea of that from something Sally Hooper said,” Ben put in.
“And the secretary certainly has long, skinny legs and is made of
mahogany. Still, we mightn’t have connected it with Sir Peter’s mahogany
man, if it hadn’t been for Sally.”
“Well, if you hadn’t,” Hastings continued, “we’d have thought up some
other way to have you find that message on the parchment. We were very
proud of that little scheme. Martin wrote the letters with his left
hand, so they’d look as if Sir Peter’s servant might have done them, and
he put water into the ink, so as to give it a nice, antique, faded
appearance. We wanted you to have the fun of finding some sort of a
treasure, you see.”
“And didn’t you take a look around for the real treasure mentioned in
the note in the picture frame?” Tuckerman asked.
“Well, we did take a squint,” Hastings acknowledged. “But we didn’t
think it likely we’d find that, if none of the Cotterells had been able
to do it. We thought more about having some fun with you campers.” He
looked at the three boys. “And we did give you a good time, didn’t
we?—particularly Ben?”
“Yes, you did,” nodded Ben. “I was pretty well excited when I found that
second piece of parchment in the hold of the ship.”
“When we’d fixed up the message,” Hastings resumed, “the next thing was
to provide the treasure. Of course we’d already made a note of that
crevice in the cliffs with the mark like a cross. I had an old chest at
the Gables, and we filled it with some old costumes I had on hand, and
then one day when I was in Barmouth I picked up some odds and ends from
a dealer in antiques there, a fellow by the name of Haskins.”
“And that’s where the silver snuff-box comes in,” said Ben.
“Yes, that’s where it comes in,” Hastings admitted. “Though I must say
that I was surprised when you drove up to the Gables that day and wanted
to know if Joseph Hastings had anything to do with that snuff-box you’d
found on the island. I didn’t tell the dealer my name.”
“No, he didn’t know your name,” said Ben. “I asked him that. You see, as
soon as I saw what was in the chest I had a suspicion that someone was
playing a game on us. Those things weren’t the Cotterell treasure; and
why should anyone take so much trouble to hide such things on the
island? Then I knew there had been people here, the footprints by the
creek, the handkerchief in the kitchen——”
“What’s that about a handkerchief?” interrupted Martin Locke.
“The Professor found a handkerchief on the table in the kitchen,” Ben
explained. “A lady’s handkerchief, with the initials A. S. L.”
“So that’s where I left it!” exclaimed Miss Lawson. “Those are my
initials—Adelaide Sanderson Lawson.”
“Yes, there was the handkerchief and there were the footprints,” Ben
continued. “That showed we weren’t the only people who had been to the
island. And so, when we went to Barmouth, I took the snuffbox along, and
dropped in on Mr. Haskins. He knew the snuff-box at once, and told me
that the man who had bought it from him, and some other things too, had
come in a big red car with a silver eagle on the radiator cap, and that
the car had a Massachusetts license and the man was wearing
green-checked knickerbockers. He didn’t know the man’s name.”
“I guess those green checks are rather conspicuous,” murmured Hastings.
“But how did you connect the purchaser with me?”
“Through the clerk at the hotel where you stopped for dinner, and the
man you bought a new tire from,” Ben answered, and he told how he had
found his way to the Gables.
“Pretty clever,” laughed Hastings. “But instead of finding out why I’d
put those things in the chest you went hooked-rug hunting with me.”
“Well,” said Ben, “when we came back to your house I thought you must be
Joseph Hastings, but I didn’t get any good opening to follow up the
clue. And then there was all that excitement over the robbers. But when
I saw you doing those moving-pictures I sized you up as a person who’d
like to play a game of some sort on us.”
“I don’t know whether that’s a knock at me or not,” said Hastings. “But
I do like to play games. And that’s why, when I learned that you’d found
the chest, I thought it would be good fun to come over here as Sir Peter
Cotterell, dress my guests in Revolutionary costumes, and take some
moving-pictures on the island. Martin and I came over to see about it;
that was the afternoon when you invited us to stay to supper and Martin
sang his song.”
“It was a splendid idea,” said Tuckerman, “and you did it up brown.”
“Thank you.” Hastings bowed. “Such words from a descendant of Sir Peter
are a compliment indeed. We learned that you were going over to the
water sports at Camp Amoussock this morning, so we thought we’d have a
clear field. We brought a flotilla of boats—they’re moored in the creek
now—and a good supply of costumes, and cooks and food and the
moving-picture camera. I had one of my men make up like a servant from
the Barbadoes, stain his face and hands with mahogany juice; he’s the
one who brought us the negus; though it isn’t really negus—it’s
loganberry juice and soda-water—and I got Martin Locke to play the part
of Sampson.” Hastings looked at Locke and laughed. “Though I don’t think
Martin could possibly have carried that treasure chest all the way from
here to the north shore.”
“You certainly do things up thoroughly,” said Mr. Hallett.
“But what made the party a real success,” said Hastings, “was what our
friend Ben Sully did. First, the capture of the thieves, and second, the
finding of the real Cotterell treasure. That’s a pretty fine showing for
one day, Ben.”
“It was just luck I found that chest in the attic,” Ben answered. “I
thought all along that the pines and the rocks mentioned in that
notebook were actual outdoor pines and rocks, just as I suppose
everybody’s thought who’s hunted for the treasure. I’ve been up in the
attic a lot of times, and never particularly noticed the wallpaper—it’s
pretty much faded and blurred, as you saw; but when I was taking this
coat off one of the pegs this afternoon, I did happen to notice that
there was a yellowish sun and some pines and rocks in the design on the
wall. Then the idea struck me all at once. Mightn’t that be the place
the words in the notebook meant? And the more I looked at that wallpaper
the more I felt certain of it. I suppose Sir Peter told someone jokingly
one day that the treasure was hidden beyond the three pines that stand
between two rocks where the sun goes down, and that fooled the people
who’ve looked for it ever since. He surely did like his joke.”
“Why didn’t you tell us about it as soon as you hit on that great idea,
Benjie?” It was Tom who asked the question.
“Why, then I saw the fishing-smack, and wanted to go after the thieves.”
“But afterwards?” said Tom. “Don’t tell me you’d forgotten about it when
we stopped at the camp.”
Ben looked a trifle embarrassed. “Why, the fact is,” he replied, “I
thought I’d like to spring it at a dramatic moment. I had an idea that
Miss Boothby would ask Sir Peter again to show us the Cotterell silver
plate—she wanted to tease him about it—and when she had him up a tree
would be the right time for me to speak out and tell what I’d
discovered.”
“That’s one on you, Adelaide,” laughed Joseph Hastings. “Ben saw how you
love to ask awkward questions. And he likes dramatic things as much as I
do. He sprung it at just the right moment.”
Tuckerman stood up and walked to the door that opened into the hall.
From there he looked down the length of the room, at the table gleaming
with silver, at the many candles, at the gaily-clad company. “Yes,” he
said, “I think this is worthy of Sir Peter. I’m glad that Cotterell Hall
has held high festival once more.”
“Sir Peter was a dear,” said Miss Lawson. “I’ve liked him ever since I
saw that picture of him in the drawing-room. And it’s a wonderful house,
Mr. Tuckerman. What are you going to do with it? Are you going to live
here?”
“I can’t very well,” Tuckerman answered, with a shake of his head. “My
home’s in the middle West. I’m not like my Uncle Christopher and his
ancestors; I can’t live on an island in solitary grandeur. I’m too fond
of people.”
“Why don’t you turn it into a show-place?” suggested Milly Hallett.
“That’s getting to be quite the fashionable thing to do with colonial
houses.”
“We’ve talked about that,” said Tuckerman. His eyes roved over the fine
room; and after a minute he shook his head. “Cotterell Hall a museum?
No, I couldn’t do that. But I’ll tell you what I would like to do. I’d
like to come here every summer, and have Tom and Ben and David camp out
with me, and have Joseph Hastings bring his house-parties over here and
spend a week as my guests.”
There were cheers from all the company, the rafters rang with the noise
as each and every one shouted his or her acceptance. Hastings jumped to
his feet.
“In the name of us all I accept your invitation. We will come, and dance
in your drawing-room and dine from your table, as they did in Sir
Peter’s day. And now, friends and fellow-citizens, I propose three
cheers—three long and rousing cheers—for John Tuckerman!”
The cheers were given—long and rousing enough to suit even Joseph
Hastings.
Then the buff-coated man waved his hand. “As your host for the evening,
I invite you to go to the drawing-room and dance something a little more
modern than the minuet. Miss Sarah Hooper, will you do me the honor?”
Sarah and Mr. Hastings led the way across the hall to the front room,
where the rugs had been removed from the polished floor. The music was a
piano and violin. And everybody danced, even David, who contrived to jig
about not too awkwardly with Milly Hallett.
Then there were songs. Martin Locke sang the ballad he had written, and
Tuckerman sang, and Miss Lawson sang several times. Presently Hastings
glanced at the clock. “I don’t like to mention it,” said he, “but it’s
almost midnight. To the boats, to the boats, and away!”
They all trooped out to the creek, where the flotilla was moored. Ladies
in silks and satins and beruffled gentlemen embarked. With cheers from
the shore, Joseph Hastings’ fleet steered down the inlet and turned
south.
Then the sailboat from Barmouth, with the Halletts and Hoopers, flitted
away from the landing-stage on the other side of the island. The boys
and Tuckerman went along the shore to their camp.
“Great doings!” said Tom. “But how are we ever going to keep Benjie busy
now that the treasure is found?”
“Don’t you worry about me,” Ben retorted. “I’ve got plenty to do. The
sea is still full of fish.”
“He’s after a mahogany fish with long, skinny legs,” said David.
“What I want to know,” said Ben, “is whether there ever was a real
mahogany man.”
“I think there was,” said Tuckerman. “But he sailed away in the clipper
ship. He probably went to the Barbadoes.”
Tom gave a great yawn. “Well,” he said, “Ben can sit up and talk about
him as long as he likes; but for me—I’m going to bed. It’s been what
I’d call a full day.”
XXI—THE BOYS AND JOHN TUCKERMAN
Tuckerman pulled himself up on to the rock where Tom and David and Ben
were sitting in the sun. The quiet of early morning was on the water; a
few terns were fishing for their breakfast; there was the distant
chug-chug of a lobsterman’s motor-boat somewhere to the south; but
otherwise the campers had the shore and the bay to themselves. Tuckerman
sat down, sticking his long legs out in front of him. “I may not be a
duck,” he said, “but I’m certainly getting web-feet. I feel almost as
much at home in the water as on dry land.”
“You’re a good swimmer,” said Tom. “In fact, you’re an all-around sport.
I don’t believe any of the Cotterells knew a quarter as much about the
water as you do.”
“I can’t picture Sir Peter sunning himself on this rock after a morning
swim,” said David.
“Customs change with the times.” Tuckerman slapped his wet knees. “But I
can tell you I’m glad I came on East this summer and learned to be a
real man.”
“So am I,” said Ben. “No, I didn’t mean it that way. Of course you were
a real man before. What I mean is that the camp on your island has been
a great success. It’s taught me a lot.”
“Benjie, are you really going to be a professional detective?” David
inquired. “Seems to me I heard someone say that you were thinking of
it.”
“One mistake I made at first,” Ben remarked solemnly, “was in thinking
that the men who put that chest in the rocks and those that Tom saw
leaving the island in the sailboat were the same people. I thought there
was only one set of men prowling around here, when there were really
two.”
Tuckerman smiled. “I don’t wonder you got them mixed. Well, I’m glad
Joseph Hastings’ guests got their jewels back from those thieves.”
“You see,” Ben continued, following his own line of thought, “the
thieves came out here on the night when Tom saw them in a sailboat, and
not in the fishing-smack. And I think it must have been that same
sailboat we saw close to the island the night when we returned from Camp
Amoussock in the _Argo_.” He pried loose a sliver of rock and threw it
into the water. “Naturally, I didn’t connect that sailboat with the
fishing-smack.”
“You’re forgiven,” said Tom. “Don’t let that weigh on your conscience.”
“I’m not sure,” suggested David, “but that we ought to call Benjie the
Professor and call Mr. Tuckerman, John. Benjie’s getting to be a real
professor. Just listen to the way he talks.”
“Ever since he found the treasure——” began Tom.
“Oh, let up on a fellow, can’t you?” Ben interrupted. “I haven’t
mentioned the treasure to-day.”
David gave a chuckle. “You haven’t been out of bed an hour yet. And that
puts me in mind of something important. Breakfast is waiting on the
beach.”
Four splashes of water as the campers dove from the rock. Tuckerman
could manage a very passable dive now. A swim across to the beach, a
rub-down, a quick donning of clothes, and then preparations for
breakfast. “I’ve never known coffee to taste so good as it does on
Cotterell’s Island,” said Tuckerman, draining his cup.
Tom looked up at the man with the horn-rimmed spectacles. “Have you ever
known anything to taste so good as it does on Cotterell’s Island?” he
asked with a twinkle in his eye.
“No, now I come to think of it, I don’t believe I ever have. It’s a
wonderful place.”
“Wonderful cooking, you mean,” put in David.
“Wonderful fish,” said Ben.
“Just listen to them,” expostulated Tom. “Each taking the credit to
himself. When the fact of the matter is that it’s all due to me. You’d
never have come out here, Professor, would you, if I hadn’t agreed to
come along?”
“Picture me alone here!” said Tuckerman. “No, I didn’t believe I should.
Alone on a deserted island. It sounds all right in stories; but for
practical purposes give me three companions. Boys, when I go back to my
middle-western city I’ll think a great deal about this summer on the
coast.”
“It is pretty good here,” David admitted, looking across the water to
where a white sail was peeping around a point of land. “And in winter
there’s fine skating.”
“And wonderful coasting,” said Ben. “There’s a hill back of Barmouth
where you can coast for a mile.”
“And skiing,” Tom added. “You ought to be good at that, Professor,
you’ve got such long legs.”
Tuckerman put his hands to his ears. “Hold on, hold on!” he exclaimed.
“You overwhelm me. Do you want to make me desert my home and business,
and do nothing but play?”
The three boys laughed. “We don’t play all the time by any means,” said
Ben.
“Not a bit of it,” said David. “Sometimes we wash the dishes.” And
taking Ben by the collar of his flannel shirt he lifted him to his feet.
“Benjie’ll show you how we do it.”
When they had cleaned the dishes they walked over to Cotterell Hall.
Tuckerman opened the front door, which was unlocked. “While I was so
very particular about the key,” he chuckled, “both Joseph Hastings and
the crew of the fishing-smack were coming in whenever they wanted. They
made their own keys to fit the locks. Well, I ought to have been more
hospitable.”
A week had passed since the famous party, and in that week the police of
Barmouth had found the jewels that were stolen from the Gables, and also
duplicate keys to the front and back doors of Cotterell Hall, hidden in
the cabin of the fishing-smack. On the strength of that, and of the
testimony of Tom and David and Lanky Larry as to what they had seen on
the afternoon when they were at the cove, Sam and the other men had been
held in jail for the next term of court.
“There’s one thing,” said Ben, as the four went into the big room on the
left of the hall, “that still puzzles me a bit. Why did Christopher
Cotterell write those lines in his notebook? ‘Find the mahogany-hued man
with the long, skinny legs and look in his breast pocket. That’s a
saying my father handed down. What can it mean?’” Ben looked at the
others. “What do you suppose the mahogany man did have in his pocket?”
“I’m sure I don’t know,” said Tuckerman. “He certainly didn’t have Sir
Peter’s silver plate. That may be one of those legends, Ben, that get
changed from their original meaning as they are handed down from one to
another.”
“I suppose that may be it,” agreed Ben, though he did not look
altogether satisfied.
“Every colonial house,” Tuckerman continued, “ought to have some legend
to make it interesting. The mahogany man can be the legend of Cotterell
Hall.”
Tuckerman looked at the portrait of his ancestor. “We’ve found what you
meant by the place of the three pines and the two rocks where the sun
goes down,” he said; “but we haven’t found what it was that the mahogany
man had in his breast pocket. So you’ve still provided a conundrum for
Ben to puzzle over. Sir Peter, I don’t believe you’d have any objection
to our having found the plate. I think that to-day you’d be as good an
American as any of the rest of us.”
“Of course he would,” said Tom, “I can understand how he’d have objected
to his neighbors telling him to hand over his silver to them. I’d have
objected myself.”
Tuckerman turned to the three boys. “You approve of Sir Peter, don’t
you?” he asked. “Even if he was a Tory?”
“I do,” said Ben promptly.
“I do,” said Tom.
“I think he was a corker, Professor,” said David. “I wish he’d been in
my family.”
“And that’s the opinion of three boys of good old Barmouth families,”
said Tuckerman with a pleased smile. “Well, boys, you’re to feel free to
camp on Sir Peter’s island and use his house any time you want.”
“Now,” said Tom, “the next thing is to get the Professor to sail us
around to the north shore, so we can get Mr. Hastings’ chest and bring
it back to the house. We don’t want to leave any tempting bait for other
prowlers to find.”
They went aboard the _Argo_, and Tuckerman took the helm. He was now a
proficient skipper, and he gloried in it, as he gloried in all the new
accomplishments he had acquired in the past month.
The chest was brought to Cotterell Hall, and again the _Argo_ set sail.
This time the three boys fished, while Tuckerman handled the boat.
Flounders were biting in plenty, and soon they had enough for dinner.
Ben pulled in his line. “We’d better leave some for another day,” he
suggested.
“The wind’s just right for a southerly run,” said Tom.
“Aye, aye, Captain,” said Tuckerman, and brought the bow about.
South they sailed, past the flag at Camp Amoussock, past the cove with
the shacks on each side, past Joseph Hastings’ private dock, almost down
to Gosport before Tuckerman came about.
North to the island and dinner. And as they sat on the bank afterwards
and Tuckerman smoked his pipe, he said, “Well, to-morrow I must start
back to the city. But I tell you, I’ve learned more since I’ve camped
out in Barmouth Harbor than I ever learned in college.”
“If you stayed here much longer,” said David, “you’d be almost as
learned as Benjie.”
“I don’t know about that,” Tuckerman answered. “I’m not as keen-witted
as he is. I’m more lazy, like you, Dave.”
David grinned. “Well, it takes something really important to make me
move around. I wouldn’t go trailing a snuff-box all over the country.”
“It takes Lanky Larry’s pitching,” said Tom. “Dave has to get mad before
he does his best work.”
“I wasn’t mad. I was cool as a cucumber,” David responded. “I have a
nice friendly nature.”
“If it hadn’t been for my following the snuffbox,” Ben spoke up, “Joseph
Hastings wouldn’t have come out here and given his party; and if he
hadn’t given his party and told us to get our costumes up in the attic,
I wouldn’t have noticed that wallpaper; and if I hadn’t noticed the
wallpaper we’d never have found the treasure. Q. E. D.”
“There!” exclaimed David, “Ben’s off again! No, Professor, I was wrong;
you couldn’t possibly be as learned as he is; nobody could.”
“I’ve half a mind to duck you for that,” said Ben.
“Come on!” retorted David, pretending to roll up his sleeves.
“Only it’s too soon after dinner,” answered the dark-haired boy. “I’ll
overlook it this once; but don’t you do it again.”
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 43670 ***
|